Yamaha DTX V2 Version 2.0 Owner's Manual DTXv2E1

Yamaha Corporation DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual dtxv2e1 Yamaha Corporation - DTX Version 2.0 - Owner's Manual

User Manual: Yamaha DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 174 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Controls and Functions
Setting Up
Getting Started
Feature Reference
Appendix

DRUM

TRIGGER

MODULE

DRUM

TRIGGER

MODULE

OWNER’S MANUAL

ENDING

CLICKCLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMPACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX INAUX IN

MINMIN

MAXMAX

MASTER VOL.MASTER VOL.

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

DRUMDRUM

KITKIT

BASSBASS

TMP TR

CHORDCHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICEVOICE

UTILITYUTILITY

STORESTORE

PATTERN

TTERN

SONGSONG

CHAINCHAIN

CLICK

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFTSHIFT SOLOSOLO

TR1TR1 TR2TR2

1/YES

1/NO

TEMPOTEMPO

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE AGE

TRIGGER

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE

Version 2.0

YAMAHA DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX VERSION2.0 OWNER’S MANUAL

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE

Version

2.0

ADVARSEL!

Lithiumbatteri—Eksplosionsfare ved fejiatig håndtering.

Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.

Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.

VARNING

Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd samma batterityp

eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av

apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens

instruktion.

VAROITUS

Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennttu. Vaihda

paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.

Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.

FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A)

1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!

This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly

approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product.

2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables.

Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC

authorization to use this product in the USA.

3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class "B" digital devices.

Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not

result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used

according to the instructions found in the user's manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance

with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference,

which can be determined by turning the unit "OFF" and "ON", please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures :

Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference.

Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s.

In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna.

If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable.

If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the your local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product.

If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe

Ave, Buena Park, CA 90620

The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.

Caution

Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor to power DTX. The

use of an incompatible adaptor may pose a serious shock hazard.

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:

Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and envi-

ronmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the

production methods used to produce them, meet these goals.

In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to

be aware of the following:

Battery Notice:

This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if

applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of

battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes nec-

essary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the re-

placement.

This Product may also use "household" type batteries. Some of these

may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a

rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery

being charged.

When installing batteries, do not mix old batteries with new, or with

batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly.

Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and

battery case rupture.

Warning:

Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all

batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and

as regulated by the laws in your area.

Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area

for battery disposal information.

Disposal Notice:

Should this Product become damaged beyond repair, or for some

reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all

local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of prod-

ucts that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable

to assist you, Please contact Yamaha directly.

NAME PLATE LOCATION:

The name Plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model

number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this

plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the

date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual

as a permanent record of your purchase.

Model

Serial No.

Purchase Date

SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION (USA)

This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter).

DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other

than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically

recommended by Yamaha.

WARNING: Do not place this product in a position where anyone

could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over power or connecting

cords of any kind. The use of an extension cord is not recommended!

IF you must use an extension cord, the minimum wire size for a 25'

cord (or less) is 18 AWG. NOTE: The smaller the AWG number, the

larger the current handling capacity. For longer extension cords, con-

sult a local electrician.

This Product should be used only with the components supplied or; a

cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is

used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that ac-

company the accessory product.

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:

The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at

the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or

modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update

existing units.

This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and

headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels

that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long

periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfort-

able. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you

should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound,

the shorter the time period before damage occurs.

Some Yamaha products may have benches and/or accessory mount-

ing fixtures that are either supplied with the product or as optional

accessories. Some of these items are designed to be dealer as-

sembled or installed. Please make sure that benches are stable and

any optional fixtures (where applicable) are well secured BEFORE

using.

Benches supplied by Yamaha are designed for seating only. No other

uses are recommended.

NOTICE:

Service charges incurred due to lack of knowledge relating to how a

function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are

not covered by the manufacturer's warranty, and are therefore the

owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult

your dealer before requesting service.

PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL

92-BP

Your DTX will give you years of reliable service if you follow the simple rules given below:

Location

Do not expose the instrument to the following

conditions, to avoid deformation, discoloration,

or more serious damage.

Direct sunlight, such as near a window.

High temperatures, for example, near a heat

source, outdoors, or in a car during the daytime.

Excessive humidity.

Excessive dust.

Strong vibrations.

Power Supply

Always use the supplied Yamaha AC Adaptor

(PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent) to power your

DTX. Other adaptors may cause damage to the

DTX. Also, make sure that the adaptor you have

is appropriate for the AC mains supply voltage in

the area where you intend to use the DTX.

Turn the power OFF and unplug the AC adaptor

when the instrument is not in use.

Unplug the AC adaptor during electrical storms.

Avoid plugging the AC adaptor used with the

DTX into the same AC mains outlet as appliances

with high power consumption, such as electric

heaters or ovens. Also avoid using multi-plug

adaptors since these can result in reduced sound

quality and possibly damage.

Turn off the power before making or breaking

connections.

To avoid damage to the instrument and other

devices to which it is connected (a sound system,

for example), always turn the power switches of

all related devices OFF before connecting or

disconnecting audio and MIDI cables.

Handling and Transport

Never apply excessive force to the controls,

connectors, or other parts of the instrument.

Always plug and unplug any cables by gripping

the connector, not the cord itself. Disconnect all

cables before moving the instrument.

Dropping the DTX or otherwise subjecting it to

strong physical shocks can damage it. Handle it

with care.

Cleaning

Clean the cabinet and panel with a soft dry cloth.

A slightly damp cloth may be used to remove

stubborn grime and dirt.

Do not use solvents such alcohol, benzine, or

thinner to clean the cabinet or panel.

Avoid placing vinyl objects on top of the

instrument. Vinyl can stick to and discolor the

surface.

Electrical Interference

The DTX contains digital circuitry and may cause

interference or noise if placed too close to TV

sets, radios, or similar equipment. If such a

problem does occur, move the DTX further away

from the affected equipment.

Memory Back-up

The DTX contains a special long-life battery that

retains the contents of its internal RAM memory

even when the power is turned OFF. The back-

up battery should last for several years. When the

back-up battery needs to be replaced, the

message “ERR-Low battery” will momentarily

appear on the display when you turn the power

ON. When this happens, have the back-up

battery replaced by qualified Yamaha service

personnel.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE BACK-

UP BATTERY YOURSELF.

Transfer important data from your DTX to a

MIDI data recorder such as the Yamaha MDF2

MIDI Data Filer for safe long-term storage.

Yamaha cannot be held responsible for data loss

caused by battery failure or improper operation

of the DTX.

Service and Modification

The DTX contains no user-serviceable parts.

Opening the case and/or tampering with the

internal circuitry can lead to irreparable damage

and will void the warranty. Refer all maintenance

to qualified Yamaha service personnel.

Third-party Software

Yamaha cannot take any responsibility for

software produced for this product by third-party

manufacturers. Please direct any comments about

such software to the manufacturer or their

agents.

Yamaha is NOT responsible for damage caused by

improper handling or operation.

INTRODUCTION

Welcome to the Yamaha DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX—this is a COMPLETELY NEW type of drum

trigger module with Yamaha’s high quality AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system and

sequencer functions. It is equipped with the features and capability required for professional recordings,

rehearsals, and practice sessions as well as live performances.

In order to take full advantage of the DTX, please read this manual carefully and try out all of the

examples set forth. Also, always keep this manual in a safe place for further reference.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL

This manual consists of 2 sections: Getting Started and Feature Reference.

Getting Started

This section describes the basic steps you need to quickly plug and play with a set up using the DTX. A

general explanation of the DTX is also available in the “Overall Structure and Modes” section (P.18) .

Feature Reference

This section describes each function in detail. You can use it as a dictionary to look up functions or

answers to your questions. The Table of Contents (P.4) or the Index (P.140) will help you look up words,

features and functions.

Page references are also made throughout this section for your quick reference.

DESCRIPTIONS

The following icons are used throughout this manual to draw attention to important points and

information where necessary.

A—This icon indicates more detailed information of a feature or function.

C—This icon warns of possible hardware damage, software malfunction, or any other serious

problem that may occur due to improper operation or set up.

INSIDE THIS PACKAGE

●The DTX Owner’s Manual (This book)

●Quick Guide

●Yamaha AC Power Adaptor PA-1207 or PA-3B

What is a DTX?

In addition to the conventional drum trigger functions, the DTX is a multi-function digital instrument

with an AWM 2 tone generator which is compatible with the GM standard providing high quality sounds,

rhythm machine functions with many rhythm styles, and sequencer fucntions enabling you to create an

entire song. You can use the DTX in many situations such as studio production, live performances and

rhythm practice.

Drum trigger

function

Rhythm machine

function

AWM2 tone

generator

Sequencer

function

The Main Features of the DTX

●Drum trigger functions allow you to designate detailed edits to each of the 12 input jacks for live

performances and other purposes.

●32 practical preset drum kits as well as memory space for 32 user drum kits to assign your original set of

voices to.

●928 high quality drum voices and an AWM tone generator (triggering up to 32 voices at one time) with

128 keyboard sounds that comply to the GM System Level 1.

●Edit functions to edit the effect, volume and pitch of each drum voice.

●Complete sequencer functions to create or record the rhythm and backing patterns of your preference

(pattern record) using a pad or a MIDI keyboard as well as to easily create an entire song using patterns or

preset styles (song record).

●Chain functions to conveniently conduct live performances and rhythm practice effectively.

●Large LCD and LED displays, transport buttons and a Data scroll wheel that makes programming faster

and easier.

●4 volume sliders to control the volume of the entire system as well as each rhythm or accompaniment part.

●Groove checking functions to check the difference (percentage: %)in timing or “groove” feel.

●Various MIDI functions to enhance the DTX system by connecting to MIDI devices or computers.

●As a high quality drum voice module.

●To practice rhythm by playing to the patterns.

●As a rhythm machine.

●To conduct a solo live performance by creating an accompaniment in advance.

●As a 16-part GM tone generator for computer music and create or edit songs any way you want by using

the pattern or song functions.

●...or in any other way you choose! The DTX is a talented reliable partner for all musicians.

Contents

Controls and Functions ............................................................ 6

Setting Up ................................................................................. 9

Getting Started

Getting Started ........................................................................ 14

Overall Structure and Modes .................................................. 18

Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits ....................................... 18

Pattern and Song ................................................................................ 19

Triggering .......................................................................................... 20

The Modes of the DTX ....................................................................... 21

Basic Operation ....................................................................... 22

Entering a mode ................................................................................. 22

Tips on the LCD ................................................................................ 25

PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons ............................................................. 26

QCursor Buttons .................................................................. 26

Data Scroll Wheel .............................................................................. 27

+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ................................................................ 27

Transport Buttons .............................................................................. 27

Feature Reference

Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................... 30

Entering Drum Kit Play Mode ............................................................ 30

Selecting a Drum Kit .......................................................................... 30

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ................................................... 32

Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode .......................................... 32

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (Page structure and operation) .............. 33

1 Kit name ................................................................................ 35

2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................. 35

3 Auto Set ................................................................................. 36

4 PAD Gain ............................................................................... 36

6 VelRange (velocity range) ....................................................... 37

7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ....................................................... 38

8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................ 39

9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................... 39

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) .................................................... 40

11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40

12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42

13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42

14 KeyOn.................................................................................... 43

15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44

16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44

17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) ........................................................... 45

18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45

19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46

20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47

21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47

22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47

23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47

24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48

25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48

26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ....................................................... 48

27 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) ................................................... 48

28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................... 48

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49

30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49

31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode ..................................................... 50

Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .................................................. 51

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ................. 51

1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................ 53

2 Volume .................................................................................. 53

3 Pan ......................................................................................... 54

4 Pitch ...................................................................................... 54

5 Rev send (send reverb) ........................................................... 55

6 Modify ................................................................................... 55

7 Filter ...................................................................................... 56

8 Decay ..................................................................................... 56

9 Key mode ............................................................................... 57

10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ...................................................... 57

11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58

12 Out Port ................................................................................. 58

13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58

14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59

15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59

16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ........................................ 59

17 BK CH= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60

18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ............................ 60

19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) .................................. 61

20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61

21 Root Note ............................................................................... 62

Chain Play Mode ..................................................................... 63

Entering the Chain Play Mode ............................................................ 63

Selecting a Chain ............................................................................... 64

Switching the Steps ............................................................................ 64

Chain Edit Mode ..................................................................... 65

Entering the Chain Mode ................................................................... 65

The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation) ......................... 66

1 Name (chain name) .................................................................. 67

2 Chain create or revise ............................................................... 67

3 Edit recall ................................................................................. 68

Store Mode .............................................................................. 69

Entering Store Mode .......................................................................... 69

Drum Kit Store Mode .................................................................. 69

Chain Store Mode ....................................................................... 69

Storing ............................................................................................... 70

Copying the Drum Kit or Chain ......................................................... 70

Pattern Play Mode ................................................................... 71

The Concept of “pattern” ................................................................... 71

Types of Patterns ......................................................................... 71

Style ............................................................................................ 71

Section ........................................................................................ 71

User Patterns ............................................................................... 72

Entering Pattern Play Mode ................................................................ 72

Selecting a Pattern .............................................................................. 72

Playing a Pattern ................................................................................ 74

Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 75

Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 76

Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 76

Muting or Soloing Each Track ............................................................ 77

Selecting the Chords .......................................................................... 78

Pattern Record Mode .............................................................. 80

Recording .................................................................................... 80

Pattern Job Mode .................................................................... 88

Entering Pattern Job Mode ................................................................. 88

The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation) ........................ 88

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy ................................................. 90

2 Quantize (quantization) ........................................................... 91

3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91

4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92

5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92

6 Pgm=

(selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track) ...................

7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92

Song Play Mode ....................................................................... 93

The Concept of “song” ....................................................................... 93

Track Structure ........................................................................... 93

Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93

Backing Track ............................................................................. 93

Types of Songs ............................................................................ 93

Entering Song Play Mode ................................................................... 94

Selecting a Song ................................................................................. 94

Playing a Song .................................................................................... 95

Volume Adjustment ........................................................................... 96

Adjusting the Tempo ......................................................................... 96

Click (metronome) ............................................................................. 96

The Mute/Solo Function .................................................................... 97

Groove Check Function ..................................................................... 97

Song Record Mode .................................................................. 99

Recording .................................................................................... 99

Song Job Mode ...................................................................... 107

Entering Song Job Mode .................................................................. 107

The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation) ......................... 107

1 Copy (Song/Dest): pattern copy .......................................... 108

2 Quantize (quantization) ....................................................... 109

Getting Started

Feature

Reference

Appendix

Chain Edit Mode

Store Mode

Drum Kit Play Mode

Drum Kit

Trigger Edit Mode

Drum Kit

Voice Edit Mode

Chain Play Mode

Pattern Play Mode

Pattern

Record Mode

Pattern Job Mode

Song Play Mode

Song Record Mode

Song Job Mode

Utility Mode

3 ClrTrack (clear track) ........................................................... 109

4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................ 109

5 PgmCh (select the voices of each channel) ........................... 110

6 VolCh (channel volume) ...................................................... 110

7 PanCh (channel pan) ........................................................... 110

8 PlayMode ............................................................................. 110

9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) ........................................ 111

10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111

11 SongName ............................................................................ 111

Utility Mode .......................................................................... 112

Entering Utility Mode ...................................................................... 112

The Utility Mode (page structure and operation) .............................. 112

1 SYSTEM ............................................................................... 114

2 EditMode ............................................................................. 114

3 LinkMode ............................................................................ 115

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ........................................................ 115

5 SldrMode (slider mode) ....................................................... 116

6 Bypass .................................................................................. 116

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) .......................................... 116

8 FC offset .............................................................................. 117

9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output) ....................... 117

10 Inc Func (increase function) ................................................ 117

11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................... 117

12 MIDI .................................................................................... 117

13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................... 117

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) ..................... 117

15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through MIDI data from channel 10) . 118

17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10) 118

18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) .................................. 118

19 LocalClt (local control) ......................................................... 118

20 DumpTime ........................................................................... 119

21 MergeOut ............................................................................. 119

22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119

23 P/C->KIT (program change table) ....................................... 120

24 EQ (equalizer) ...................................................................... 120

25Lo Mi Hi (gain) ..................................................................... 121

26 Lo Freq (low frequency) ....................................................... 121

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121

28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ...................................................... 121

29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122

30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122

31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122

32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122

33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123

34 PlyClick (play click) ............................................................. 123

35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123

36 Count ................................................................................... 123

37 GrvCheck (groove check) ..................................................... 124

38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ................................................ 124

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125

41 MULTI (multi-timbre) .......................................................... 126

42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126

43 Program ............................................................................... 126

44 Volume ................................................................................ 127

45 Pan ....................................................................................... 127

46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128

47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128

Appendix

MIDI ...................................................................................... 129

MIDI Data Format ............................................................................ 134

Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 136

Error Messages ................................................................................. 138

Specifications ................................................................................... 139

Index ............................................................................................... 140

Drum Voice List ............................................................................... 143

GM Keyboard Voice List .................................................................. 147

Drum Kit List ................................................................................... 148

Preset Style List ................................................................................ 165

Preset Song List ................................................................................ 165

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) ............................... 166

Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart) .................................. 166

MIDI Implementation Chart ............................................................ 168

Controls and Functions

Top Panel

DRUM

KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

SOLO

TR1

TR2

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

AGE

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

DRUM TRIGGER MODULE

Version

2.0

!LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) (P.25)

The large multi-function LCD panel shows all the

prompts and parameters needed to operate the DTX

easily and efficiently.

Each screen of parameters is called a display “page.”

The various pages of each mode can be picked using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Within a page, there is a blinking letter, word, number,

or symbol referred to as the “cursor”. A “focus area”

refers to the parameter you can adjust. Use the

Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the

focus area.

"LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display (P.31)

The large two-digit LED display shows the selected

drum kit number so you can be sure of your selection

especially during live performances with poor stage

lighting.

#MASTER Volume Slider (P.31)

This volume control slider adjusts the total volume of

sound output from the PHONES jack, the OUTPUT (L/

MONO and R) jacks.

$AUX IN Volume Slider (P.11)

This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the

incoming signals of the AUX IN jack (CD player, tape

recorder, etc.)

%ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider (P.31)

This volume control slider adjusts the volume of the

accompaniment, snare drum, or cymbals of a song or

pattern.

&CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider (P.31)

This volume control adjusts the volume of the

metronome click sound, kick, or other musical

instruments.

'DRUM KIT Button (P.30)

Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Play

mode.

(CHAIN Button (P.63)

Press this button once to put the DTX into Chain mode.

Press twice this button to put the DTX into Chain Edit

mode.

)SONG Button (P.94)

Press this button once to put the DTX into Song mode.

Press twice this button to put the DTX into Song Job

mode.

*PATTERN Button (P.72)

Press this button once to put the DTX into Pattern

mode. Press twice this button to put the DTX into

Pattern Job mode.

+TRIGGER Button (P.32)

Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Trigger

Edit mode.

,VOICE Button (P.51)

Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Voice

Edit mode. This button also acts as an “audition” button

which allows you to listen to a voice without actually

changing it while you are editing.

-UTILITY Button (P.112)

Press this button to put the DTX into Utility mode.

.STORE Button (P.69)

Press this button to put the DTX into Drum Kit Store

mode or Chain Store mode.

/PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button (P.26, 73)

This button selects the previous page. In Pattern mode,

press this button while holding the SHIFT button to

select the MAIN A pattern. In recording mode, press

this button to erase data.

0PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button (P.26, 73)

This button selects the next page. In Pattern mode,

press this button while holding the SHIFT button to

select the MAIN B pattern.

1‡(FILL AB) Button (P.26, 73)

This button allows you to move backward among the

focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button

while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL AB

Pattern.

2¶(FILL BA) Button (P.26, 73)

This button allows you to move forward among the

focus areas in a page. In Pattern mode, press this button

while holding the SHIFT button to select the FILL BA

Pattern.

3-1/NO (INTRO) Button (P.27, 73)

This button decreases the value of a parameter. In

Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT

button to select the INTRO Pattern.

4+1/YES (ENDING) Button (P.27, 73)

This button increases the value of a parameter. In

Pattern mode, press this button while holding the SHIFT

button to select the ENDING Pattern.

5TEMPO Button (P.76)

This button directly selects the TEMPO focus area.

6SHIFT Button (P.73, 77)

This button sets a secondary function, for example

selecting a section or muting part of a rhythm, by

pressing another specific button while holding this

buttn.

7TR1 (MISC.) Button (P.77)

This button turns TR1 (Track 1) of the song ON or OFF.

Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to

mute the MISC. (other instruments) part of the rhythm.

8TR2 (CYMBAL) Button (P.77)

This button turns TR2 (Track 2) of the song ON or OFF.

Press this button while holding, the SHIFT button, to

mute the CYM (cymbal) part of the rhythm.

9BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button (P.77)

This button turns the Bass Track or Tempo Track of the

song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding, the

SHIFT button, to mute the SNARE part of the rhythm.

:RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button (P.77)

This button turns the Rhythm Track or Pattern Track of

the song ON or OFF. Press this button while holding,

the SHIFT button, to mute the KICK part of the rhythm.

;CHORD CHO TR Button (P.77)

This button turns the Chord Track of the song ON or

OFF.

<SOLO Button (P.78)

Press the rhythm part buttons while holding this button

to listen to the soling of a rhythm part.

=CLICK Button (P.76)

This button turns the metronome ON or OFF.

>PAUSE Button (P.74, 95)

This button pauses the song. The song will start where

it was stopped when the button is pressed again.

?REWIND Button (P.74, 95)

This button moves the location indicator backward by a

measure. Press continuously to rapidly rewind.

@START/STOP Button (P.74, 95)

This button starts or stops playback or recording.

AFORWARD Button (P.74, 95)

This button steps the indicator forward by a measure.

Press continuously to fast forward.

BRECORD Button (P.81)

This button switches the DTX into Record-ready (stand-

by) mode.

CData Scroll Wheel (P.27)

The Data Scroll Wheel allows rapid control over the

parameters of the focus area.

For fine single-step adjustments, you may want to use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons described above.

Rear Panel

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT

7 CRASH

6 RIDE

5 TOM4

4 TOM3

3 TOM2

2 TOM1

1 SNARE

DC IN 12V

POWER

RLRL/MONO

L/MONO

PHONES

AUX IN

FOOT SW

H.HAT

CONTROL

OUTPUT

MIDI

CONTRAST

OUT

!POWER Switch (P.12)

Press this button to turn the DTX ON or OFF.

"INPUT ATTENUATION Switches

These switches adjust the input level when pads of

varying output levels are connected. The input level

increases when the switch is lowered. Try this when the

volume does not respond to the pad played or when a

double-triggering occurs to one tap.

#DC IN Jack (P.12)

Connect the AC adapter (Yamaha PA-1207, PA-3B or an

equivalent) included in this package.

The Yamaha PA-3 CANNOT be connected.

$12/11 Input (P.9)

Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone

plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can

be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 11 is

available to use.

%10/9 KICK Input (P.9)

Connects with an optional pad. If you use a stereo phone

plug to connect the DTX and two pads, two triggers can

be input. If you use monaural phone plugs, only 9 is

available to use.

&1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs (P.9)

Connect stereo phone plugs to input from trigger or

switch type pads (Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S). Use a

monaural phone plug for plain trigger input.

Plugging a monaural phone plug when the power is ON

may cause a reversed phase and the switch may malfunction. In

this case, turn the power OFF, reconnect the plug and turn the

power ON again.

'AUX OUT L and R Jacks

This jack is used to separately output specific sound(s)

such as the kick and snare. To assign a sound to these

output jacks, select the Output Port on the 12th page in

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.12). To assign a

metronome click to these output jacks, set the SEQ

ClickOut on the 27th page in Utility mode (P. 58).

(OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks (P.10)

Use these jacks to connect to external amplifiers or mixers

using a monaural phone plug. For monaural playback,

connect to L/MONO. For stereo playback, connect to

both L/MONO and R.

)PHONES Jack (P.9)

Connect a stereo headphone to this jack to monitor the

DTX.

*AUX IN Jack (P.11)

Use this jack to input data from an external audio device

using a miniature stereo phone plug. This is convenient

when you are playing to music from a CD or cassette

tape.

+FOOT SW Jack (P.9)

Connect a footswitch (Yamaha FS50 or FC5) to this plug.

Select the footswitch function you want to use from the

19th FS Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.

46).

,H.HAT CONTROL Jack (P.9)

Connect the hi-hat foot controller (Yamaha HH80 or

FC7) to this plug. You can use this as a MIDI controller

by changing the parameter on the 22nd Hi-hat Control

Function page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P. 47).

-CONTRAST Knob

This knob adjusts the contrast of the LCD.

.MIDI IN/OUT (P.9)

Use these connectors to send or receive MIDI data to or

from an external MIDI device. You can create a large

scale MIDI system by connecting the DTX to an external

MIDI tone generator or sequencer.

Setting Up

Setting Up with Pads Only

Connect each pad to the proper DTX input jack as shown below:

(This illustration is an example of the pads, triggers and devices that can be connected to the DTX. Refer to

P.8 for the types of pads or triggers that can be connected to each input jack.)

KP80,etc.TP80,etc.Additional Pads PCY80,etc. PCY80,etc. TP80,etc.TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc. TP80,etc.

MIDIkeyboard,etc.

MIDI tone generator,etc.

–

Audio output

FS-50,etc.

CD Player,etc.

HH80,etc.

Headphones

AC Power Adaptor

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT

7 CRASH

6 RIDE

5 TOM4

4 TOM3

3 TOM2

2 TOM1

1 SNARE

DC IN 12V

POWER

RLRL/MONO

L/MONO

PHONES

AUX IN

FOOT SW

H.HAT

CONTROL

OUTPUT

MIDI

CONTRAST

OUT

To further add a pad, use a conversion cable (which separates the stereo plug to two monaural plugs) for INPUT 10/9 and 12/11 which enables

you to enter two different trigger signals. For most preset drum kits, a cupped cymbal voice is set to INPUT 10 and asuitable percussion voice for

each preset drum kit is set to INPUT 11 and 12.

Two monaural plugs Stereo plug

To the DTX Input 10/9 or 12/11To the pads

Conversion cable

Setting Up with an Acoustic Drum Set (5-piece) and 5 Pads

*Connect each acoustic drum piece to a drum trigger pick-up (Yamaha DT10—not included) in advance.

(P.11)

Connect each drum trigger pick-up to the proper input jack as shown below:

HH80

Ch. 2Ch. 1

Headphones

Mixer

Amplifier

Speaker Speaker

AC Power Adaptor

MIDI keyboard or other devices

MIDI tone generator/keyboard

or other devices

—

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

8 H.HAT

7 CRASH

6 RIDE

5 TOM4

4 TOM3

3 TOM2

2 TOM1

1 SNARE

DC IN 12V

POWER

RLRL/MONO

L/MONO

PHONES

AUX IN

FOOT SW

H.HAT

CONTROL

OUTPUT

MIDI

CONTRAST

OUT

Using the AUX IN jack

The AUX IN jack (stereo mini jack) is located on the near panel. You can enter a sound source from a CD or cassette player

through this jack, mix it with the DTX sounds and send it out through the output jacks on the rear panel. This is convenient

when you practice a rhythm by playing to a tune or hold a band session. It is also posible to independently control the output

volume of the sound source coming in from the external device by using the AUX IN volume slider. By doing so you can

adjust the balance between the drum kits of the DTX and the external sound.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

5 TOM4

4 TOM3

3 TOM2

PHONES

AUX IN

FOOT SW

AUX IN jack

Mounting the Drum Trigger Series DT

!Bass Drum

Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the bass drum close to, yet not touching the edge of

the rim.

"Snare

Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the batterhead of the snare close to, yet not touching the edge of the

rim across the player.

#Toms

Mount the DT10 Sensor (trigger) on the shell, close to, yet not touching the rim. Place the triggers away

from the influence of other drums (snare or toms), hi-hat, and cowbells.

Sticky tape Sticky tape

Be sure to connect the audio devices before turning all the related devices ON.

Removing the Drum Triggers

When changing the batterhead, carefully remove the trigger sensor with a sharp object before loosening the

head. Take care not to pull the cord when you are removing the trigger.

ATTENTION

Make sure the surface of the batterhead or the shell where the trigger is mounted is free from dirt or grind. Clean the surface

with alcohol in advance.

To prevent broken trigger cords caused by the vibration of the drum rim, cover and fix the triggers and cords onto the

batterhead with sticky tape.

Irregular vibration and sustained resonance on the batterhead or the shell may cause double-triggering. This can be prevented

by applying a mute (such as the Yamaha Ring Mute) to the batterhead and controlling the excessive vibration.

Once you have removed the drum trigger and want to mount it again, be sure to completely remove the used sticky tape and

apply new sticky tape. Using used sticky tape may cause bad pick-up response or double-triggering.

The Power Supply

!Make sure the POWER switch is OFF and connect the power adaptor (included) to the DC IN jack on the

rear panel of the DTX, then plug the adaptor into a convenient wall AC outlet.

12/11

INPUT ATTENUATION

10/9 KICK

AUX OUT

DC IN 12V

POWER

AC power adaptor

Wall AC outlet

Be sure to use PA-1207, PA-3B or an equivalent included in this kit. Using an improper power adaptor may cause irreparable damage to the

DTX, and might pose a serious shock hazard. Also, unplug the power adaptor from the electric outlet when the DTX is not in use for long periods of

time.

"Make sure all the devices such as the pads, external devices, or audio systems are connected correctly and

turn the POWER switch on the rear panel of the DTX, ON. When the power is turned on, the DTX

analyses the connections and optimizes the settings.

POWER

To avoid speaker damage, make it a rule to turn the power on in the order of 1) the DTX, 2) mixers and amplifiers, 3) audio devices. When

turning the system off, simply reverse the process.

CHAPTER

Getting Started

This chapter describes the basic operations of the DTX.

Use this to get an overall image of the DTX and master the basic uses.

Getting Started ....................................................................................................... (P.14)

Overall Structure and Modes ................................................................................. (P.18)

Basic Operation ...................................................................................................... (P.22)

Getting Started

! Turn the power ON.

POWER

"Enter Drum Kit Play mode

by pressing the DRUM KIT

button.

DRUM KIT

Acoustkt

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Getting Started

Choose a Drum Kit and Start Playing!

Your Yamaha DTX contains 928 drum and percussion sounds. Drum

and percussion sounds make up a drum kit (drum voice) and the drum

kits are categorized by musical style. There are 64 drum kits: 32

preset drum kits and 32 user drum kits which enable you to enjoy

performances of various musical styles just by selecting a kit. You can

create your own drum kit (user drum kit) from scratch. (P.32)

The LCD illustrations in this manual are just examples used for the purpose of

explanation. The display is subject to change depending on the operation, mode, settings or

usage.

# Select a drum kit.

DRUM

KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Press the Q cursor buttons

and move the cursor to the drum kit

number.

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustkt

CityDogs

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select

the drum kit you want to use.

The drum kit number is also

displayed on the LED. No. 1 to No. 32

are the user drum kits, and No. 33 to

No. 64 are the preset drum kits. The

user drum kits No. 1 to No. 32 contain

readily usable drumsounds.

Getting Started

$ Play the pads

% Adjust the volume

Use the MASTER Volume Slider to

adjust the volume of the entire drum

kit.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

& Play to the Click

Press the CLICK button to start the

metronome. Press the CLICK button

again to stop the metronome.

CLICK

' Change the Tempo of the

Click

Press the TEMPO button to move the

cursor to TEMPO on the LCD. Rotate

the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the

click tempo between [=30 to 299.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

DRUM KIT

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

CityDogs

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

( Change the Volume of the

Click

Use the CLICK volume slider to adjust

the volume of the metronome click.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

You can also adjust the beat or

quantization by moving the cursor to the

BEAT or CLICK focus area and using

the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and

-1/NO buttons.

DRUM

KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Getting Started

Play to a Pattern!

Your Yamaha DTX features rhythm machine functions containing 660

preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns. One

pattern consists of rhythm part, bass part and chord part. Each preset

style contains 6 sections (MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,

and ENDING).

Try out the various patterns.

! Enter Pattern Play mode.

Press the PATTERN button to enter

Pattern Play mode.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

MAIN A

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

The Drum Kit Play mode and the

Pattern Play mode will appear on the

same display.

" Select a style or pattern.

After making sure the cursor is located

on the style or pattern number, rotate

the Data Scroll Wheel to select a style

or pattern number.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM jazz

RP Candy

MAIN A

The style or pattern number

focus area is automatically selected and

blinks when you enter Pattern Play

mode.

% Adjust the volume of the

pattern.

Use the MASTER volume slider to

adjust the volume of the entire

system. Also, use the ACCOMP

volume slider to adjust the volume of

the accompaniment of the pattern.

This is convenient when you want to

listen only to the rhythm.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

# Start to play the pattern.

Press the START/STOP button to play

a pattern. You can play the pads to

the pattern.

CLICK

It is possible to change to

another style or pattern while a pattern

or style is playing.

$ Adjust the tempo.

Press the TEMPO button to move the

cursor to TEMPO on the LCD.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to

change the tempo of the pattern

between a range of [ =30 to 299.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CMaj7 ___ _

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

GM jazz

Each style has a default tempo

value. Therefore, even if you change

the tempo, once you stop playing and

select a different style, the tempo will

return to the default value of the newly

selected style. However, when you

select a different style in the middle of a

pattern playback, the tempo will not

change.

DRUM

KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

KICK/MISC.KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMPACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBALSNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Getting Started

)Soloing each part.

You can play each part of the rhythm

solely and mute the other parts in one

step. This is convenient when you

want to audition each rhythm part or

voice. Play each rhythm part solely by

pressing the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL,

or MISC. button while holding SOLO.

To cancel the solo function, press the

SOLO button again.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

While holding

the SOLO button ...

The DTX is factory preset to

automatically switch the drum kit to its

most appropriate pattern each time the

pattern is changed. To keep the drum

kit from switching to its preset pattern,

turn the PC function of the RecvCh 10

PC in Utility Mode off.

' Mute each part.

Press and turn off the BASS, CHORD,

or RHYTHM button individually to

mute each part. You can mute parts

which are not necessary when you

practice. To cancel the mute, press

the same button again. The LED

above each button will light up when

the part is ON.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

(Mute each rhythm track.

The rhythm part consists of KICK,

SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other

instruments) tracks. You can mute

each track. Press the SNARE, KICK,

CYMBAL, or MISC. button while

holding SHIFT to mute each track.

Use this to practice a particular part

such as the snare or kick part by

muting the part and substitute it by

playing the snare or kick pad by

yourself. The LCD will hide the

“Data” indicators of the muted track

and “MUTE” will appear on the right

side of the rhythm track. To cancel,

press the same button while holding

SHIFT.

MUTE

FILL AB

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

While holding

the SHIFT button ...

The lower part of the LCD

displays the data indicators of each

rhythm track in a 16-beat format. Refer

to P.19, 77 for details.

& Switch sections.

Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB,

FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons

while holding the SHIFT button to

change the sections of the currently

selected style. The name of the

section currently playing is displayed

on the bottom level of the LCD.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CMaj7 _ _

FILL AB

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

While holding

the SHIFT button ...

GM jazz

Each style contains 6 sections

which have a variety of usage. Refer to

P.71for details.

DRUM

KIT

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

TTERN

SONG

CHAIN

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

CLICK

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT SOLO

TR1 TR2

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

KICK

PAGE

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Getting Started

Overall Structure and Modes

The following describes how the DTX works in detail.

Drum or Percussion Sounds and Drum Kits

Your DTX has a total of 928 drum voices (drum and percussion sounds). These drum and percussion sounds

are categorized and called “drum kits.” Drum kits consist of drum voices which are stored in correspondense

to MIDI note numbers (P.41) There are 29 user drum kits and 32 preset drum kits which are frequently used,

each categorized by music style. You can assign drum and percussion sounds to register 32 user drum kits.

Each drum and percussion sound can be edited in many ways such as changing the pitch, adding a reverb,

etc. You can use the chain function to set drum kits in the order of your preference and play them back in

this order. This function is useful for live performances.

Your DTX also contains 128 normal keyboard voices. These voices are used to add bass or chord parts to the

DTX rhythm pattern. It is also possible to play a melody or obbligato by changing a part (MIDI channel).

The tone generator section complies to the GM standard level 1 and can be used to play back the

commercially available Standard MIDI Files by an external sequencer.

Tone generator

928 drum voices MIDI note numbers

13 to 84

Preset drum kits (33 to 64)

User drum kits (1 to 32)

Kick

Cymbal

Hi-hat

Snare

Drum Kit Voice Edit Drum Kit

Trigger Edit

Parts and Voices

Part

Voices

to use

MIDI

channel

Melody

and others

Keyboard

voice

Keyboard

voice

Drum voice

Chord

Bass

Melody

and others

Drum (rhythm)

Melody

and others

128 normal keyboard voices

Piano

Organ

Guitar

Pattern or song

Bass part

Chord part

Melody part

MIDI file playback

Getting Started

Pattern and Song

A “pattern” consists of a rhythm track containing various drum voices and a backing track containing the

chords and bass line which accompanies the rhythm. The rhythm pattern is displayed on the LCD in 4 parts:

KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) enabling you to visually check the rhythm structure.

Pattern

LCD display

Rhythm pattern

Backing pattern

MISC. (other instruments)

CYMBAL

SNARE

KICK

Chord

Bass

+MAIN A

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) with matching preset backings. 100 original

user patterns can be created and stored within the DTX. In the same manner as the drum kit, the patterns

can also be played back in a specified order using the chain function.

These patterns arranged in a specific order and combind with suitable chord progression create a “song”.

Chords can be established by combining each root note with 25 chord types.

A maximum of 30 original songs can be created using preset or user patterns. You can also actualy play a

melody, obligato or drum part and store it as a song.

It is also possible to play a drum kit to a particular pattern or song.

110 styles 6 sections

660 preset patterns

ENDINGFILL BAFILL ABMAIN BMAIN AINTRO

Pattern

1Pattern

2Pattern

3Pattern

100 user patterns

Song

Store

Style or

pattern

Chord

progression

Recording of the actual playing of a melody, obbligato or drum

Getting Started

Creating a Song

You can create a song on the DTX by following the steps below:

!Audition the preset patterns in a preset style and find the pattern of your preference (P.71).

"If you do not find a pattern of your preference, create your original pattern in the order of drum, bass, and

chord and store it as a user pattern (P.80).

#Place the pattern and chord on the backing track of the song in the order according to the structure of the

song (P.99). It is also possible to enter the tempo changes.

$Audit the backing track and record the necessary brass refrains, string obligatos, and melody to the

sequence track (TR 1 or TR2) (P.105).

%To complete the song, adjust the tones, volume balance and pan position of each part.

Triggering

The term “triggering” refers to drive a tone generated from the DTX. The DTX is designed to produce a

trigger signal when a pad or a drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX is hit. By assigning up to 5

types of voices of your preference you can produce them at one time by triggering a single signal from a drum

pad. This can be used to perform various effects.

DTX

Tone

generator

Getting Started

Modes of the DTX

Modes refer to functions which are grouped for efficient operation. The following 8 types of modes are

available.

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Chain Play mode (P.63): To play a preset

chain (drum kits or patterns set in a specific

order).

Chain Edit mode (P.65): To create or edit a

chain.

Drum Kit Play mode (P.30): To select and

play a drum kit.

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.32): To edit

trigger input levels such as sensitivity.

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50): To edit

various drum and percussion sound settings.

Song Play mode (P.93): To select and play a

song.

Song Record mode (P.99): To record a song.

Song Job mode (P.107): To edit a song.

Utility mode (P.112): To change the settings

of the entire system such as MIDI, reverb,

equalizer, sequencer and multi-timbre tone

generators.

Store mode (P.69): To store the drum kit or

chain settings.

Pattern Play mode (P.71): To select and play

a pattern.

Pattern Record mode (P.80): To record a

pattern.

Pattern Job mode (P.88): To edit a pattern.

Getting Started

Basic Operation

The following describes the basic operation.

Entering a mode

Press the button of a mode.

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

TTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Drum Kit Play mode: Press the DRUM KIT button.

DRUM KIT TEMPO BEAT

GM std 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode: Press the TRIGGER button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Drum Kit Voice Edit mode: Press the VOICE button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Getting Started

■Chain Play mode: Press the CHAIN button.

CHAIN TEMPO BEAT

Chain 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Chain Edit mode: Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once while in Chain Play

mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Pattern Play mode: Press the PATTERN button.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

RP Hop

TEMPO BEAT

■Pattern Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.80 for

details.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

■Pattern Job mode: To enter this mode, press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button

once while in Pattern Play mode.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Getting Started

■Song Play mode: Press the SONG button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN SONG

TEMPO BEAT

■Song Record mode: Enter this mode by taking several steps in Song Play mode. Refer to P.99 for details.

OFF

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

STEP REC

REC Mode

■Song Job mode: Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

CityDogs

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Utility mode: Press the UTILITY button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

■Store mode: Press the STORE button while in Drum Kit Play, Trigger Edit or Voice Edit mode to enter

Drum Kit Store mode.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Getting Started

Press the STORE button while in Chain Play mode, Chain mode or Edit mode to enter Chain Store mode.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store CH

to 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Tips on the LCD

The Drum Kit Play mode and Chain Play mode share a common display focus area as shown in the

illustration. The currently selected mode name is displayed on top of the focus area.

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

Mode Drum kit or chain name

Drum kit or chain

number

TEMPO BEAT

The Pattern Play mode and Song Play mode also share the common display focus area.

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

Style or song

number

Mode

Style or song name

Two Play modes can be displayed on the LCD at one time. For example, the Drum Kit Play mode or Chain

Play mode can be displayed at the same time with either the Pattern Play mode or Song Play mode. Other

modes are displayed one at a time.

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

OFF

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

Drum Kit Play mode display

MUTE

MAIN A MAIN B FILL AB FILL BA INTRO ENDING

OFF

CHAIN

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

Chain Play mode display

Song Play mode displayPattern Play mode display

Example 1 Example 2

Getting Started

PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons

All modes except Play mode and Store mode have multiple display pages. Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄

buttons to select the page. For example, in Chain Edit mode, each time you press the PAGE¡ button the

previous page is selected and each time you press the PAGE⁄ button the next page is selected.

Name =

Chain 1

=DrumKit

num= 1

Edit

recall ?

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

You can also turn the display pages back and forth rotating the Data Scroll Wheel while holding the SHIFT button.

QCursor Buttons

The Q cursor buttons allow you to move the cursor (the blinking character or symbol) to each focus

area on the LCD and the parameters.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

SONG

Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons in Play mode to move up and down the display between the modes (e.g.

Drum Kit mode and Pattern mode).

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

CityDogs

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

SONG

Getting Started

Data Scroll Wheel

The Data Scroll Wheel is used to rapidly change the value of the focus area. Use this to select a drum kit

number or pattern number, or to change the value of various settings.

+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons

The +1/YES and -1/NO buttons change the parameter of the focus area. Use these buttons for fine single-step

selections or adjustments. The parameter will continue to change if you continue to press one of these

buttons. This buttons are also used to answer the “yes/no” question when you are storing data on the DTX.

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Transport Buttons

The START/STOP button controls the playback of a pattern or song. The RECORD button puts the DTX into

Record-ready mode. The CLICK button is used to switch the metronome ON and OFF. Refer to P.74, 76,

81, for details.

CLICK

Initializing Process

Problems due to program conflict may occur when internal settings have been changed while you are using

the DTX. It is possible to initialize your DTX if you need to set all of the settings back to factory preset

conditions in one procedure for this reason or other.

Once the initialization is executed, the factory preset settings will replace the current contents. Please take precautions to avoid losing your

important data. It is also recommended to store the settings you need to save in advance to external devices such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer

(MDF2). (See P.199)

The following changes will occur when the initialization is executed.

● The contents of the preset drum kit will be copied to the user drum kit.

● All of the chain data will be deleted.

● All of user songs and user patterns will be deleted.

● All of the parameter values that can be changed will be set to their standard values.

Turn the power switch on while holding the DRUMKIT, PAGE ¡, and PAGE ⁄ buttons all at the same time.

Getting Started

CHAPTER

Feature Reference

This chapter describes the functions of each mode.

Use this as a dictionary to look up items or the details and

get to know the various ways to use a function.

Drum Kit Play mode ............................................................................................. (P.30)

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ................................................................................ (P.32)

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode ................................................................................... (P.50)

Chain Play mode .................................................................................................. (P.63)

Chain Edit mode .................................................................................................. (P.65)

Store mode ........................................................................................................... (P.69)

Pattern Play mode ................................................................................................ (P.71)

Pattern Record mode ............................................................................................ (P.80)

Pattern Job mode .................................................................................................. (P.88)

Song Play mode .................................................................................................... (P.93)

Song Record mode................................................................................................ (P.99)

Song Job mode...................................................................................................... (P.107)

Utility mode ......................................................................................................... (P.112)

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode

Drum Kit Play Mode

This mode enables you to play the DTX drum voices from connected pads and triggers. You can choose

from 64 drum kits.

Entering Drum Kit Play Mode

Press the DRUM KIT button.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

The Drum Kit Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).

Selecting a Drum Kit

! Use the Q cursor buttons to select the drum kit number.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

Drum kit nameDrum kit number

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

The drum kit number is automatically selected and blinks when you enter Drum Kit Play mode.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Play Mode

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to choose the drum kit number you want to use. The drum kit number is

also displayed on the LED.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Rock 1

You can also change the drum kit number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Drum Kit Numbers

User drum kit: 1 to 32

Preset drum kit: 33 to 64

Adjusting the Volume

Use the MASTER volume slider to control the volume of the entire drum kit.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Individually Adjusting the Volume of Snare and Kick

The volume of the snare and kick can be adjusted independently from other voices.

Move the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding

SHIFT to adjust the volume of the SNARE voice or KICK voice separately from other voices. This is very

handy at live performances where you can directly control the volume of SNARE, KICK.

CLICKCLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMPACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX INAUX IN

MINMIN

MAXMAX

MASTER VOL.MASTER VOL.

PAGE AGE

ERASE

SHIFTSHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO1/NO

TEMPOTEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE AGE

These volume sliders are originally programmed to function as volume adjustment sliders for an accompaniment part of a pattern (ACCOMP) or

metronome click (CLICK) when the SHIFT button is not pressed. You can change the slider assignment between ACCOMP and SNARE, CLICK and

KICK by changing the parameters in Slider Mode on the 5th page (P.116) in Utility mode. This enables you to use these volume sliders to directly

control the volume of the SNARE and KICK.

When playing the pads to a pattern or song, you can balance the volume of the drum voices you are triggering with the pads and the pattern or

song, as well as adjust the volume of each part of the accompaniment or rhythm independently. Refer to P.75 for details.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

This mode contains various settings to adjust the sensitivity or velocity of the inputs from pads and

triggers or assigning drum and percussion sounds to each pad (input).

You can create a new drum kit from scratch or by modifying preset drum kits or existing user drum kits.

These new drum kits can be stored in the user drum kit area (No. 1 to 32).

No. 1 to 29 include drum kits entered in advance. To edit the drum kit for these numbers, it is recommended to copy a user kit between No. 30

to 32 and use it at a later stage. If you have written over No. 1 to 29 , turn the power on while holding down the DRUM KIT, PAGE up and PAGE down

keys at the same time to reset it to its original factory settings. When you do so, all the data will be erased. Save the data you have edited to an

external device such as the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer MDF2 before you reset.

You cannot edit a preset drum kit. The changes made to the preset drum kit are temporary. If you want to keep the edited data, select a user

drum kit and save the changes to the user drum kit.

Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.166) to memo the editing contents of the user drum kit.

Editing Procedures

! Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode.

" Enter Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.

# Name the drum kit if necessary.

$ Turn the page and set the necessary parameters.

It is necessary to choose the input jack number (between 1 and 12) before setting the parameter on the 2nd to 18th and 26th pages in this

mode.

% Enter Store mode to store the drum kit to any one of the user drum kit numbers 1 through 32.

Entering the Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Press the TRIGGER button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Choose the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode before entering this mode. The LED display will show the drum kit number you

have chosen even after you have entered Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode.

When the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the

last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See P.116 for details

regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Drum Kit Trigger Edit modes consists of 31 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger

modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”, some of the pages

which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to "advance" to display all 31 pages.

The following page shows the list of the 28 display pages. The display pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility

mode is set to “easy”.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

Input level

Output MIDI

velocity

Parameter

Page number

Function name

Hi-hat control

Level

!Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

Jump some of the display pages by pressing the DRUM KIT or TRIGGER button while holding SHIFT.

"Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

#Select the input jack number for each of the input numbers 1 to 12. It is necessary to choose the input

jack number before changing the parameters for the 2nd through 18th and the 30th pages. As a short cut,

set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”. The input jack number will automatically

be selected by playing a pad connected to the appropriate input (P.115).

$Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

In this mode, the input level and the output velocity of the pad you play will appear next to the MISC. and CYMBAL, respectively, as a kind of

VU meter. The Hi-hat control level will also appear on the kick bar chart. This is convenient in editing the sensitivity or velocity.

Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate

that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain

mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using

the Recall function (P.49).

Indicates you have not saved

the edited settings.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ..................................................................................... (P.35)

2 PAD Type (pad type) .............................................................................................. (P.35)

3 Auto Set .................................................................................................................. (P.36)

4 PAD Gain................................................................................................................ (P.36)

5 LevelRng (level range) ............................................................................................ (P.37)

6 VelRange (velocity range)....................................................................................... (P.37)

7 VelCurve (velocity curve)....................................................................................... (P.38)

8 Self Rej (self rejection) ........................................................................................... (P.39)

9 Reject (rejection) .................................................................................................... (P.39)

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................................................... (P.40)

11 Note= (note numbers 1 to 5) .................................................................................. (P.40)

*12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................................................... (P.42)

*13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................................................ (P.42)

*14 Key On.................................................................................................................... (P.43)

*15 velXFade (velocity cross fade) ................................................................................ (P.44)

*16 RIMKeyOn .............................................................................................................. (P.44)

*17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................................................... (P.45)

*18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................................................... (P.45)

*19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................................................ (P.46)

*20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................................................... (P.47)

*21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................. (P.47)

*22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................................................... (P.47)

*23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................................................... (P.47)

*24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ....................................................................... (P.48)

25 HH Ctrl (FS hi-hat control) .................................................................................... (P.48)

*26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10) ....................................................................................... (P.48)

*27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12) ................................................................................... (P.48)

28 Copy INP (copy input) ........................................................................................... (P.48)

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................................................ (P.49)

30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................................................... (P.49)

*31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ..................................................... (P.49)

The "26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)" and "27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System

Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

1 Kit Name (drum kit name)

Use up to 8 letters to name your original user

drum kit.

!Use the Q cursor buttons to go to the

first letter of the drum kit name and choose the

necessary alphabet, number, or symbol by

rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Move to the right and choose the necessary letter.

#Repeat steps ! and " above and name your

drum kit using a maximum of 8 letters.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Kit Name

GM std 1

The available letters to choose from are:

(Space)

2 PAD Type

Set the type of the pad or drum connected to

each input jack. To ensure stable performance,

be sure to select the proper pad type. Pad1 has

the quickest response and kick2 has the longest

response.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

input jack number.

As a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th

page in Utility mode to ALWAYS. The input

jack number will automatically change to the

connected input jack by playing a pad,

(P.115).

"Move the cursor to the PAD TYPE parameter

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the pad

type that suits the pad or drum connected to

the input jack number.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the proper pad

type for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Type

= pad2

Settings:

The following parameters are available for input

numbers 1 to 12.

pad1/pad2: Select this when you have connected an

optional pad. Choose the response time for each

connected pad. Pad2 responds faster than pad1.

snare: Select this when you have connected the

Yamaha DT10 to a snare.

hi tom: Select this when you have connected the

Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a hi tom (smaller tom).

lo tom: Select this when you have connected the

Yamaha DT10 or DT20 to a low tom (larger tom).

kick1/kick2: Select this when you have connected the

Yamaha DT 10 to the kick (bass drum). Kick2

responds faster than kick1.DT10 and DT20 are drum

trigger sensors. Refer to P.11.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

3 Auto Set

This automatically sets the input gain

(sensitivity) of each input jack number.

The appropriate input gains are preset as a setting

example so that you can start to play without any input

adjustment. However, you are required to adjust the input gain

for each pad either here or in the next PAD gain section for your

own drum settings.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum, then select the

input gain.

"Move the cursor to the focus area and press

the +1/YES button. The display will change

to “HIT2ff”.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Auto Set

= Off

"Slowly beat the pad or drum connected to

the input jack hard (ff=fortissimo) twice.

The first beat changes the display to HIT1 ff

and the second beat changes the display to

“Off” quitting the automatic setting.

#Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the input

gain for each input jack number.

4 PAD Gain

This manually sets the input gain (sensitivity) of

each input jack number.

!Move the cursor to INPUT and rotate the

Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons to choose the input jack

number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum, then select the

input gain.

"Move the cursor to the gain focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the Gain. Play

the pad or drum connected to the selected

input jack number hard (ff=fortissimo) and

adjust the Gain level to approximately 90%

of the Input level.

#Repeat steps ! and " and set the input

Gain for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Gain

=32(00%)

Input level

Gain

The input gain can be set faster and more efficiently if

you use the Auto Set first to automatically set the levels and

then make fine adjustments here.

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Gain: 0 to 63.

The Input level display here is operated differently from

other displays and cannot be set by moving the cursor to the

focus area. Set the Input level by following step 2 above.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

5 LevelRng (level range)

Set the Maximum and Minimum input levels of

each input jack number. The levels are

determined in proportion to the value set here.

Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation

between input level and velocity.

!Move the cursor to INPUT and Rotate the

Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons to choose the input jack

number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Maximum or

Minimum level focus area and rotate the

Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons to set the level.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum

and Minimum levels for each input jack

number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

LevelRng

10%to99%

Minimum

level

Maximum

level

No sound will be produced if the input signal is below

the minimum level. If the input signal is above the maximum

level, the sound produced will be at the maximum velocity set

on the Velocity Range display page (the 6th page of this

mode).

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Minimum level: 0 to 98

Maximum level: 1 to 99

6 VelRange (velocity range)

Set the Maximum and Minimum velocity of

each input jack number. This responds to the

maximum and minimum input levels set on the

5th page and delivers each sound within the

velocity range set in this step.

Refer to P.38 for further details regarding the relation

between input level and velocity.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Minimum Velocity or

Maximum Velocity focus areas and rotate the

Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons to set the velocity.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Maximum

and Minimum Velocity levels for each input

jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelRange

32to127

Minimum

velocity

Maximum

velocity

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Minimum velocity: 1 to 126

Maximum velocity: 2 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

7 VelCurve (velocity curve)

Set the velocity curve for each input jack

number. This velocity curve defines the relation

between the level range set on the 5th page and

the velocity range set on the 6th page.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Velocity Curve focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

type.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Velocity

Curve of each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelCurve

= normal

Settings:

The following velocity curves can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

VelCurve: normal

Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: hard 1

Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: hard 2

Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: loud 1

Velocity

Input level

VelCurve: loud 2

Velocity

Input level

Relationship between input level and velocity.

Case 1

This figure shows that the velocity will be output at

an input level range of 12% to 99%. The velocity

value is 001 when the input level is 12% and 127

when the input level is 99%. (In this case, the

velocity range is 1 to 127.)

127

001 99%12%

Velocity

Input level

Case 2

This figure shows that the velocity range is set

between 064 and 127, and the velocity triggers at

an input level of 50% to 99%. The velocity value

is 064 when the input level is 50% and 127 when

the input level is 99%. No sound will be produced

when the input level is between 0% and 49%.

127

064

001 99%50%

0∼49%

No sound

Velocity

Input level

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

8 Self Rej (self rejection)

This function prevents double triggering. When

2 sounds have been played at the same time, the

second sounds will be automatically muted for a

certain length of time. The larger the value the

longer the time. Set the length for each input

jack number.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the 8 Self Rej (self

rejection) focus area and rotate the Data

Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the level.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the time length

for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Self Rej

= 0

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

0 (self rejection function disabled) to 9

9 Reject (rejection)

This function prevents cross talk (mixed

sounds) and double triggering among the pads

or drums connected to other input jacks. When

a sound is triggered shortly after another, the

voice will not be delivered if the input level is

lower than the level set here. Set the level for

each input jack number.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the 9 Reject (rejection)

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set

the level.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the level for

each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Reject

= 0

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input jack

numbers 1 to 12.

0 (rejection function disabled) to 9

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection)

This function prevents cross talk (mixed

sounds) among the pads or drums connected to

specific input jacks. When a sound is triggered

shortly after a specific sound, the sound will not

be delivered if the level is lower than the level

set here. Set the level for each input jack

number.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the specific input focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

input jack number.

#Move the cursor to the level focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the level.

$Repeat steps !, ", and # to select and set

the level of each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Spec Rej

Specific input

focus area

Level focus area

from 1=0

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input jack numbers

1 to 12.

Specific input: 1 to 12

0 (rejection function disabled) to 9

11 Note= (note numbers settings)

This function assigns note numbers to each

input. You can assign up to 7 MIDI note

numbers to each input jack. When a trigger

signal is sent to the input jack, the MIDI note

number assigned to that input jack is sent to the

internal tone generator, which delivers the

sound assigned to that number. This enables

you to play 1 pad and deliver multiple (up to 5)

drum sounds. The order of the 5 drum sounds

to sound can be designated.

By setting the Key On Mode (P.43), the sounds

can be delivered simultaneously, or one by one.

This feature can be applied to a wide range of

ideas and enhance the efficiency of your

performance.

The MIDI note number can also be transmitted

from the MIDI OUT jack on the rear panel of

the DTX to an external device. This means you

can play a pad and control an external MIDI

tone generator or sequencer.

Various drum and percussion sounds can be

assigned to each note number in Drum Kit

Voice Edit mode (P.50). Refer to P.41 for

further information on note numbers.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack

number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to

automatically select the input jack number by

hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Note=*** focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the parameter (type)

from the 5 numbers (1st to 5th), mut (mute), and

rim for a MIDI note number.

Select mut (mute) when designating the note number for

the sound delivered when the pad is played while holding down

the pad rim switch. The other 5 sounds will be muted when the

pad is played while holding down the rim switch.

Select rim to set the note number of the sound delivered

when the rim is played.

when or an input number is assigned to a hi-hat

controller (the default setting is input 8), the focus area will

display the following 5 parameters.

Opn:

Delivered when the pad is played with the hi-hat opened

Cls:

Hi-hat closed

FCl:

Foot closed

FOp:

Foot opened

rim:

Pad rim is held

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

#Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

select the note number of the drum voice.

Assign a MIDI note number the drum voice to in Drum

Kit Voice Edit mode (P.50).

The right side of the MIDI note number focus area shows

the note name. The MIDI note number corresponds to each

key on the keyboard. You can move the cursor to each focus

area and set the note number using the note name. This is

convenient when you are planning to play a scale on an

external tone generator.

The relationship between note numbers and names.

MIDI defines the note “C” in the center of the keyboard as note

number 60. Yamaha defines the note by putting a number that

symbolizes the octave, and the “C” in the center of the

keyboard is regarded as “C3”.

C3C2C1C0 C4 C5 C6

604836240 728496

108 127

MIDI

note

number

Skip (skp) can be selected when the Key On Mode

on the 14th page of the Key On screen (P.43) is set to

"alter" or "alterMN." This enables you to skip the notes set

in Skip (skp) when you are playing each sound in

sequence by playing the pads.

$Repeat steps " and # to assign the other

MIDI note numbers and select the parameter

(type). After you have completed setting the

MIDI note numbers, go to step ! and set

the parameters for the MIDI note numbers of

the other input numbers.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

MIDI note

number

Note name

Note

= 36 C 1

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers 1

to 12.

Note:1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls,

FCl, FOp, rim)

MIDI note number: off, 13 to 84.

Using chord names to set the MIDI note number

Press the CHORD button while holding SHIFT to

display the 31th page or SetChord (chord settings).

This display is used to set the chords played by

hitting a pad. By selecting a chord from the 12

roots and 25 types available, a MIDI note number

representing the chord is automatically set to one

of the 1st to 4th notes.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to choose the input jack

number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115) to

automatically select the input jack number by

hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the ROOT focus area of the

CHORD and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or

use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose

the ROOT type.

#Repeat steps ! and " and set the CHORD for

each INPUT number.

$To go back to the first page of this mode (the

note number settings on the 11th page), press

the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

SetChord

CMaj7

Root

Type

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input

numbers 1 to 12.

Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B

Type: Maj7, Maj, 6th, M7(11), Maj9, add9,

min, min6, min7, m7(a5), mM7, min9, m

add9, 7th, 7(G5), 7(a9), 7th9, 7(G9), 7G(11),

7(a13), 7(13), 7sus4, sus4, dim, aug

Refer to the chord type list on P.79 for details of

each chord.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

12 Note= (gate time)

Sets the gate time (length) of the pad you play.

The gate time applies to 5 note numbers at one

time and can be set for each input jack number.

As for input 8 (hi-hat) or an input number

assigned to a hi-hat controller, you can set a

different gate time to ; Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and

rim.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Note focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select the 1st

note. The gate time for all 5 notes are set

just by selecting the 1st note.

If you select a note other than the 1st, the gate time

focus area will display “--” and you will not be able to set the

gate time.

When an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is

selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from

Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim.

When the Key On Mode on the 14th page of the Key On

screen (P.43) is set to anything besides "hold," you can set

different gate times to each of the five notes.

Opn .............. Settings simular to an open hi-hat sound.

Cls ................ Settings simular to a close hi-hat sound.

FCl ............... Settings simular to a closeing hi-hat sound.

FOP .............. Settings simular to an opening hi-hat sound.

#Move the cursor to the Gate Time focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the gate

time.

$Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the Gate

Time for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

GT= 3.0s

Gate time

Note

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim or (Opn, Cls,

FCl, FOp)

Gate time: off, 0.0 to 10.0 seconds (settings by 1/10

seconds).

13 Note= (MIDI channel)

Sets the 1st to 5th MIDI transmitting channels

to the MIDI note number of each input jack

number. You can set an external device to

trigger a keyboard (normal) voice using the

DTX internal tone generator if you have the

input jack number set to a MIDI note number

that triggers a chord or bass voice in the DTX.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Note focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select 1st to 5th

mut (mute) to a MIDI channel.

When an input number assigned to a hi-hat controller is

selected (the default setting is input 8), you can select from

Open, Cls, FCl, FOp and rim. Refer to 12 Note=(gate time)for

details.

#Move the cursor to the Channel focus area

and set the MIDI channels.

To select the same MIDI channel for all 5 notes, first set

the MIDI channel for the 1st note, then select MIDI channel 1

and repeat this procedure for the rest of the notes. This will

indicate that you will be using the same channel as the 1st.

You can also trigger a keyboard voice by designating a

MIDI channel (other than 10 for the drum voice).

Select bas or cho for inputs which trigger a bass or

chord. This indicates that you will be using the same MIDI

channel as a BASS track and CHORD track used to play a

pattern or song, and the keyboard voices to be triggered.

When you have chosen bas or cho, the 1st to 5th note numbers

will change according to the chord progression of the pattern

or song.

$Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the MIDI

channel for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Note=1st

Chan= 10

MIDI channel

Note

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Note: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, mut, rim (or Opn, Cls,

FCl, FOp)

MIDI channels: 1 to 16, cho, bas

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

14 Key On

Sets the key on mode for each input.

The Key on mode defines how multiple notes

(up to of 5) which are set to each INPUT

number should be triggered. There are 5 key

on modes which enable you to trigger all notes

at the same time or in a specific order. This

function is convenient when you want to layer

multiple voices or produce an effect using the

keyboard voice.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Key on mode focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

key on mode from the following:

stack ............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes (P.40)

simultaneously.

alter .............. Triggers the 1st to 5th notes one by one

each time the pad is played.

stackMN ....... Triggers the 1st to 5th notes

simultaneously, but truncates the

preceding sound when the pad is played.

alterMN ........ Alternately triggers the 1st to 5th notes in

order, but truncates the preceding sound

when the pad is played.

hold .............. Triggers and maintains the 1st to 5th notes

simultaneously when the pad is played

once, and stops when the pad is played

again.

When the pad is played while holding the Rim Switch

(Yamaha TP80S or PCY80S pads) note set by mut (mute) is

enabled and the 1st to 5th notes are disabled. Therefore the

trigger types of stack and alter, stackMN and alterMN become

the same.

By using the stackMN or alterMN function you can save

memory space by excluding overlapping voices when

recording to an external sequencer.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the key on

mode for each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Key On

= stack

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

Key on mode: stack, alter, stackMN, alterMN, hold

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade)

This function sets the velocity cross-fade for

each input jack number on or off.

When several MIDI note numbers are assigned

on the 11th Note Number page and this

function is on, the softer you play the pad, the

1st note is louder and the last note the smallest.

The same applies to the opposite action: the

harder you play the pad, the last note is louder

and the first note the smallest.

0 20406080100120

100

120

Output velocity

Case of 1∼5th

Input level

1st

2nd

3rd

4th

5th

This function applies only when the key on mode on the

14th page is set to stack, stackMN, or hold.

This function is valid only when more than 2 MIDI note

numbers are assigned to note numbers 1 to 5 on the 11th

display page.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the VelXFadefocus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to turn the

function “on”or “off”.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

VelXFade

= off

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

VelXFade: on, off

16 RIMKeyOn

This function sets the rim key on mode to

define how the voice is triggered when the rim

of the pad is played. The “single” mode is used

for the usual rim shot voice and the Hold mode

is used to maintain the sound.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the mode focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select the rim key

on mode from the following 2 modes:

single ............ Normal triggering of a rim shot

hold .............. The first shot maintains the voice and the

second shot stops the voice.

withPad ........ When the rim is hit, the sound set to the

Rim and the sound set to the pad will play

at the same time.

#Repeat steps ! and " for each input jack

number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

RIMKeyOn

= single

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 8.

RIM Key On mode: single, hold, withPad

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

18 PAD Func (pad function)

This function sets the function of each pad

connected to INPUT. Besides acting as a regular

drum pad, various pad functions are available.

For example, in Chain mode, you can move a

chain step forward or backward, start or stop a

pattern or song, or assign the pad to act as a

switch for other types of functions.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the parameter and rotate

the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and

-1/NO buttons to select the function. The

following functions are available:

normal .......... The regular setting which triggers the MIDI

signal when the pad is played.

click .............. Turns the click ON or OFF.

inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum

Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in

Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

bypass .......... Cuts the voices of all other pads except the

one selected, ON or OFF.

strtStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.

pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.

do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.

MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.

MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.

FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.

FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.

INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.

ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.

17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity)

This function sets the velocity of the trigger

when the rim of the pad is played. There are 2

types of settings: one where the velocity is

always the same level, and the other where the

velocity changes according to the impact of the

attack.

!Move the cursor to the INPUT focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

input jack number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Velocity focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

velocity. The settings vary as follows:

mute Hi ....... The velocity changes according to the strength of

the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the

pad velocity, the velocity is automatically

calculated based on the level range, velocity range

and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th

display pages. The difference

between“variabl”described below is that pad will

be muted if the DTX receives a trigger lower than

the minimum level set for level range on the 5th

display page. This is convenient when you are

using cymbal pads.

mute Lo ....... The setting is simular to “mute Hi” above, but

enables you to set the velocity at a lower level Use

“mute Hi” when you are using the mute more

than the rim, and “mute Lo” when you are

playing the rim more than using the mute.

variabl ......... The velocity changes according to the strength of

the attack on the rim. In the same manner as the

pad velocity, the velocity is automatically

calculated based on the level range, velocity range

and velocity curve on the 5th, 6th, and 7th

display pages.

fix1 to fix127 .....

The velocity set here remains the same regardless

of the strength of the attack on the rim. The

mute function cannot be used if values are set to

this function. The voice trigger is faster

compared to mute Hi and mute Lo.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the velocity of

each input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

RIM Vel

=mute Hi

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 8.

Rim Vel mode: mute Hi, mute Lo, variabl, fix1 to

fix127.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

#Repeat steps ! and " to set each input jack

number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

PAD Func

= normal

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for input numbers

1 to 12.

normal, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill,

MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,

ENDING

19 FS Func (FS function)

This sets the function of the footswitch

connected to the FOOT SW jack on the rear

panel. Different assignments can be made for

each drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the function focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the

function of the footswitch.

HH ctrl ......... Hi-hat controller (switches between open

and closed).

click .............. Switches the click sound ON or OFF.

inc ................ Selects the next drum kit number in Drum

Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

dec ................ Selects the previous drum kit number in

Drum Kit mode or step in Chain mode.

bypass .......... Truncates the voices of all other pads

except the one selected when ON.

statStp .......... Starts or stops the style pattern or song.

pause ............ Pauses the style pattern or song.

do FILL ......... Changes the section to FILL.

MAIN A ........ Changes the section to MAIN A.

MAIN B ........ Changes the section to MAIN B.

FILL AB ........ Changes the section to FILL AB.

FILL BA ........ Changes the section to FILL BA.

INTRO .......... Changes the section to INTRO.

ENDING ....... Changes the section to ENDING.

MIDI ............. Outputs the MIDI Channel Messages

(control change messages).

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FS Func

=HH ctrl

Settings:

HH ctrl, click, inc, dec, bypass, strtStp, pause, do Fill,

MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO,

ENDING, MIDI

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel)

You can choose this page only when the

function on the 19th page (FS Func display)

is set to MIDI.

Move the cursor to the MIDI Channel focus area

and Control Change number focus area, and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the MIDI channel

and control change number, respectively.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FS MIDI

Ch10C 1

MIDI channel

Control change

number

Settings:

MIDI Channel: 1 to 16.

Control Change number: C1 to C121.

21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control)

You can choose this page only when the

function on the 19th page (FS Func display)

is set to HH ctrl.

Set the MIDI velocity output when the

footswitch is closing the hi-hat (or you are

stepping on the footswitch) when you use the

footswitch as a hi-hat controller.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the velocity.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FS HHcls

Vel= 85

Settings:

1 to 127

22 FC Func (hi-hat control function)

This sets the function of the Foot Controller

connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the

rear panel. Different assignments can be made

to each drum kit.

Choose the function by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The following 2 functions are available.

HH ctrl ......... Functions as a hi-hat and a MIDI channel

message transmitting controller

(continuous).

MIDI ............. Functions only as a MIDI Channel Message

transmitting controller (continuous).

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FC Func

=HH ctrl

Settings:

HH ctrl, MIDI

23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel)

This sets the MIDI channel and type of the

MIDI messages to be transmitted using the foot

controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL

jack on the rear panel.

Move the cursor to the MIDI channel focus area

and type focus area of the MIDI Channel and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -

1/NO buttons to select the channel and type,

respectively.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FC MIDI

Ch10C 4

MIDI channel

Type

Settings:

MIDI Channel: 1 to 16

Types: C1 to C119 (control change numbers 1 to

119), A/T (after touch), PBup (pitch bend up), PBdw

(pitch bend down).

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity)

This adjusts the sensitivity of the foot controller

connected to the H.HAT CONTROL jack on the

rear panel.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the sensitivity. The

larger the value, the more sensitive the response

of the internal tone generator.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FC Sens

= 8

Settings:

1 to 16

25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control)

This sets the input level to execute the hi-hat

effect using the foot switch or foot controller

only when the function on the 19th page (FS

function display) or the 22nd page (hi-hat

control function display) is set to HH ctrl (hi-

hat control).

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the input level.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

HH Ctrl

input= 8

Settings:

INPUT number: 1 to 12

26 In 9 to 10 (input 9 to 10)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

27 In 11 to 12 (input 11 to 12)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

28 Copy INP (copy input)

This copies the input data settings of any

drumkit input currently being edited to another

drumkit input number. This is convenient in

creating similar input settings.

!Move the cursor to the Input Copy Source

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the (source) input jack number

between 1 to 12.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the (source) input

jack number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Drum Kit Copy

Destination focus area and rotate the Data

Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to select the drum kit (destination)

input jack number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy INP

toD 2I 1

INPUT

Drum kit copy

destination

Input copy source

Settings:

Drum kit copy destination: D1 to D32, --(current

drum kit)

Input copy source: 1 to 12

#Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

INPUT

Copy INP

Sure?y/n

$Press the +1/YES button to copy. “complete”

will flash on the LCD momentarily and the

display will return to the original display.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger)

This copies the trigger data of the drum kit

currently edited to another drum kit. This is

convenient in creating similar drum kits.

!Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the user

drum kit (1 to 32) to copy.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy TRG

to 1

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy TRG

Sure?y/n

#Press the +1/YES button to execute the paste.

“complete” will flash on the LCD

momentarily and the display will return to

the original display.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

30 Edit (edit recall)

While you are editing the drum kit, if you go to

Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode and select

other drum kits, the edited settings will return

to the default settings. However, the edited data

is still stored in the edit buffer. By using this

Edit Recall function, you can recall the data

stored in the edit buffer and continue to edit.

This function is convenient in comparing the

edited data with the original data.

This function is also effective in editing the voice in Drum

Kit Voice Edit mode.

!Choose the following Edit Recall display

after choosing another drum kit in Drum Kit

Play mode or Chain mode, and back to the

drum kit you have edited.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Edit

recall ?

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Recall

Sure?y/n

#Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit

Recall . “complete” will flash on the LCD

momentarily and the display will return to

the Edit Recall display.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

31 SetChord= (setting the note number by

chord)

Refer to P.41 above.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

This mode helps you create your own drum kit by assigning various voices (drum and percussion sounds)

to the note numbers. Choose different settings, change the volume and pitch, or add a reverb effect to

each voice to complete your own drum kit. The following illustrates the relation between drum kit, MIDI

note numbers, drum voices, and parameters.

INPUT 1∼12

Drum kit

MIDI

note number

13 to 84

Drum voice or

keyboard voice

Edit parameter

Filter

Reverb

Decay

13 15 17 18 20 22 24

15 16 19 21 23

73 75 77 78 80 82 84

75 76 79 81 83

You can create different voices for each note number of each drum kit by changing the parameters of the same drum voice.

A blank chart is provided at the end of this Manual (P.167) to memo the editing contents you have created.

When you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks) to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk “

✽

” will appear on the right side of the

letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD.

Editing Procedures

! Select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode.

" Enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

# Turn to the necessary pages and change the contents to your requirement.

$ Enter Store mode to store your drum kit to user number 1 to 32.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Entering Drum Kit Voice Edit mode

Press the VOICE button

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

First select the drum kit you want to edit in Drum Kit Play mode. The LED will display the drum kit number currently selected when you have

entered Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

When the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the

page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See

P.116 for details regarding the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)”

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Drum Kit Voice Edit mode consists of 21 display pages of various functions as the drum kit trigger

modules. However, by setting the Edit mode on the 2nd page in Utility mode to “easy”, some of the pages

which are seldomly used will not appear. Change the Edit mode to “advance” to display all 21 pages (P.114).

The following is a list of the 21 pages. The pages with asterisks (*) will not appear when the Edit mode in Utility mode is set to “easy”.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 110

Page number

Function name

Parameter

! Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

" Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

# Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Depending on the voice you use, the sound may not stop when the Key Off parameter (P.58) is set to “disable.” In such a case, press the

SHIFT button and the VOICE button at the same time and force the sound to stop.

As a short cut, set the Learn mode on the 4th page in Utility mode to “always”. Just by hitting a pad, the input jack number will change to the

input connected (P.115).

Press the VOICE button to audition a voice when the DTX is in Edit mode.

Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate

that the edit results have not been stored. Refer to P.69 on how to store your edit.

The dot disappears when you go to Drum Kit Play mode or Chain mode during an edit to select a different drum kit. The edited settings will return

back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the recall function (P.49).

Indicates you have not

saved the edited settings.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................................................ (P.53)

2 Volume ................................................................................................................... (P.53)

3 Pan .......................................................................................................................... (P.54)

4 Pitch ....................................................................................................................... (P.54)

5 Rev Send (send reverb) .......................................................................................... (P.55)

6 Modify .................................................................................................................... (P.55)

7 Filter ....................................................................................................................... (P.56)

8 Decay ...................................................................................................................... (P.56)

*9 Key Mode ............................................................................................................... (P.57)

10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................................................... (P.57)

11 Key Off ................................................................................................................... (P.58)

*12 Out Port .................................................................................................................. (P.58)

13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................................................... (P.58)

14 REV Type (reverb type).......................................................................................... (P.59)

15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................................................... (P.59)

*16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................................................... (P.59)

*17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................................................... (P.60)

*18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume) ........................................................... (P.60)

*19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................................................. (P.61)

*20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................................................... (P.61)

*21 Root Note ............................................................................................................... (P.62)

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

1 VCE (voice)

This assigns a drum voice (drum or percussion

sound) to each MIDI note number. Each voice

is grouped by category for easy handling as

follows:

K ................... Kick

S ................... Snare

T ................... Tom

C ................... Cymbal

P ................... Percussion

E ................... Effect

k ................... Keyboard

s .................... Strings

b ................... Bass

H ................... Hi-hat

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the desired note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the group focus area or

voice number focus area and rotate the Data

Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the parameter. You can also

select by moving the cursor to the voice

name focus area and rotate the Data Scroll

Wheel or press the +1/YES or -1/NO

buttons. Check and audition the voice by

pressing the VOICE button.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the voice for

each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

VCE P 52

P SurdoM

Group

Voice number

Voice name

MIDI note

number

Settings:

The following group and voice numbers can be

selected for MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.

Group and voice number: off, K1 to 119: Kick, S1 to

250: Snare, T1 to 176: Tom, C1 to 105: Cymbal, P1 to

103: Percussion, E1 to 115: Effect, k1 to 21: Keyboard,

s1 to 8: Strings, b1 to 19: Bass., H1 to 12: (additional

hi-hat in V2) , Voice name: BD DRY1 to Sy Bass 3H

Refer to P.143 “Drum Voice List” for details on voice

name and voice number.

When you are assigning more than 2 pads (input jacks)

to the same MIDI note number, an asterisk “

✻

” will appear on

the right side of the letters “VCE” on upper level of the LCD.

2 Volume

This adjusts the volume of each voice assigned

to each MIDI note number. You can change the

balance among the voices in the drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Volume focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to adjust the

volume. Press the VOICE button to audition

the volume.

!Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume

for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 110

Volume

MIDI note

number

Settings:

The following parameter can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

Volume: 0 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

3 Pan

This sets the Pan (stereo pan position of the

sound) for each voice assigned to each MIDI

note number. This defines pan position of the

voice between the left and right.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the number by hitting

each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Pan focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the pan

position. Press the VOICE button to

audition the position of the sound.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the panning for

each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Pan

= R2

Pan

MIDI note

number

Settings:

The following pan positioning can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

L7 (=far left) to center (=center) to R7 (=far right)

4 Pitch

This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to

each MIDI note number. Tune the pitch either

by semitone or by approximately 1.2 cent

increments or decrements.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Coarse Tune focus

area or Fine Tune focus area and rotate the

Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons to set the tuning. Press the

VOICE button to audition the sound.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch for

each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Pitch

C+ 2F 0

Coarse tune

Fine tune

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

C (coarse tune)[unit=semitone]: -64 to 0 (normal

pitch) to +63

F (fine tune)[unit= ca. 1.2]: -64 to 0 (normal pitch)

to +63

•1 cent=1/100th of a semitone

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

5 Rev send (send reverb)

This sets the Reverb Send level for each voice

assigned to each MIDI note number. Set the

level here to adjust the amount of reverb.

The actual reverb send level will be determined by

multipling the value set here and the Reverb Send level set in

the MULTI items (MIDI Channel 10) in Utility mode.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Reverb Send level

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set

the level. The larger the value, the larger the

send level. Press the VOICE button to

audition the sound.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Reverb

Send level for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Rev Send

= 0

Reverb send level

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

Rev Send: 0 to 127

6 Modify

This sets the Modify level for each voice

assigned to each MIDI note number. The

Modify level defines the volume balance

between the 2 waves that make the voice. You

can change the quality of the voice by setting

the Modify level.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Modify level focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

MIDI note number and audition to confirm

the voice by pressing the VOICE button.

By setting the Modify level to a plus level,

the volume of one of the waves will increase.

When the Modify level is set to a minus

level, the volume of the other wave pattern

will increase. The volume of both wave

patterns will be the same when the level is

“0”.

Since the wave patterns and volume change differ for

each voice, you may not notice a difference in the change for

some voices. For voices which Modify function is inactive , the

Modfy focus area shows “--”.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Modify

level for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Modify

Modify level

MIDI note number

= ---

Settings:

The following parameter can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

-64 to 0 (even volume balance) to +63

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

7 Filter

This sets the Filter of each voice assigned to

each MIDI note number. The filter affects the

sound by passing a specific frequency

bandwidth and eliminating the others. The

filter you set will sharpen or muffle the sound.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Filter focus area and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the filter.

Press the VOICE button to audition the

sound. The Filter function is a low-pass type

which eliminates the bandwidth higher than

the cut-off point.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the filter for

each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Filter

= 0

Filter

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

-64 to 0 (standard) to +63

8 Decay

This sets the decay of each voice assigned to

each MIDI note number. The decay function

controls the fading of a voice wave pattern. You

can increase or decrease the fading effect of a

voice. For example, increase the decay value if

you want to extend the lingering sound of a

cymbal.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

and select the MIDI note number using the

Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the input jack number

by hitting each pad or drum connected to

the DTX.

"Move the cursor to the Decay focus area and

set the decay by using the Data Scroll Wheel

or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. Press the

VOICE button the audition the sound. The

fading effect is longer when the value (either

negative or positive) is increased.

#Repeat steps ! and " and set the decay for

each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Decay

= 0

Decay

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameter can be set for MIDI note

numbers 13 to 84.

-64 to 0 (standard) to +63

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

9 Key mode

This sets the Key mode to the voices assigned to

each MIDI note number. This mode defines the

sound output rules when the same voices are

used.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Key mode focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select one of

the following modes:

poly .............. There are no limits to the number of voices

delivered at once.

semi(2) ......... Up to 2 voices for this note number can be

produced at one time. When a 3rd voice is

triggered, this function truncates one of the

first 2 voices and delivers the 3rd voice.

mono ............ One voice can be delivered at one time.

When a 2nd voice is triggered, this

function truncates the first voice and

delivers the 2nd voice.

hi mono ........ Truncates the previous voice and produces

only one voice at a time. However, the

note number selected in this mode

overrules the other voices. For example,

the note number selected here will not be

truncated even if the number of voices

produced at one time exceeds the

maximum number of 32 voices.

When a voice with a long release such as the cymbal is

set to “mono”, 2 hits with short intervals may cause an unnatural

feel since the first sound is abruptly truncated.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the Key mode

for each note number.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Key Mode

= poly

Key mode

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

number 13 to 84.

poly, semi(2), mono, hi mono

10 AlterGrp (alternate group)

This sets the Alternate Group for each voice

assigned to each MIDI note number. The

Alternate Group is a group of voices which

should not be delivered at the same time. For

example, by assigning an open hi-hat with a

closed hi-hat in the same Alternate Group, the

open hi-hat sound will be canceled once the

closed hi-hat sound is delivered. This will help

you create a more realistic feel featuring acoustic

drum-like actions.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Alternate Group

number focus area and rotate the Data Scroll

Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons

to set the numbers.

A voice assigned in the same Alternate Group is always

dominated by the following voice and only one voice will be

delivered at a time.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

AlterGrp

= 3

Alternate group

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

number 13 to 84.

off, 1 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

11 Key Off

When a voice with a long release is in use,

sometimes a MIDI note off signal may cut the

sound in an unnatural way. To prevent that, set

this mode so that the DTX does not receive

MIDI note off signals. Set the MIDI note off

settings for each voice assigned to each MIDI

note number.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Key Off focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Key Off

=disable

Key off

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

number 13 to 84.

disable (will not receive MIDI note), enable (will

receive MIDI note)

Some sounds may have an extremely long release when

the Key Off functionis disabled. In such case, press the VOICE

button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.

12 Out Port

This sets the output of each voice assigned to

each MIDI note number either to the main

output or auxiliary output. This is convenient

when you want to output specific voice(s) to an

external mixing device.

!Move the cursor to the MIDI note number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

choose the MIDI note number.

You can also enable the Learn mode (P.115)

to automatically select the MIDI note

number by hitting each pad or drum.

"Move the cursor to the Out Port focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the focus

area.

Normally select “main” and the voices are

delivered through the OUTPUT jack on the

rear panel. Choose aux (auxiliary) to output

a specific voice such as SNARE or KICK

separately, and the voices will be delivered

through the AUX OUT jacks on the rear

panel.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Out Port

= main

Out port

MIDI note number

Settings:

The following parameters can be set for MIDI note

number 13 to 84.

main, aux

13 REV Rtn (reverb return)

This sets the Reverb Return Level. By setting the

level, you can adjust the reverb effect of the

entire DTX system. The level can be set for each

drum kit.

Set the level by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel

or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

REV Rtn

LVL= 127

Settings:

0 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

14 REV Type (reverb type)

Various reverbs from hall to room are available

to add dimension to the voice. The Reverb

Type can be set for each drum kit.

Assign one of the reverb types by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons. The following reverb types are

available:

none.............. No effect (dry sound).

hall 1 ............ Small hall.

hall 2 ............ Large hall.

room 1 .......... Small room.

room 2 .......... Large room.

room 3 .......... Room with a high ceiling.

stage 1 .......... Large stage.

stage 2 .......... Small stage.

plate ............. Steel plate reverb.

white ............ A special short reverb effect.

tunnel ........... A reverb effect similar to playing in a

tunnel.

canyon .......... A fantastic reverb effect similar to playing

in a canyon.

basemnt ........ A reverb effect similar to playing in the

basement with short reflection.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

REV Type

= hall 1

Settings:

none, hall 1, hall 2, room 1, room 2, room 3, stage 1,

stage 2, plate, white, tunnel, canyon, basemnt

(basement)

15 REV Time (reverb time)

This determines the reverb length for each

drum kit.

Set the time by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel

or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The

larger the value, the longer the reverb time.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

REV Time

= 18

Settings:

0 to 69

16 PC Ch= (transmit program change)

This sets the MIDI program change number to

be transmitted when the drum kit is changed.

You can specify different program change

numbers to channels 1 to 16. For example,

change the drum kit on the DTX to an external

synthesizer by selecting the voices on an

external tone generator. This can be set for each

drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the Program Change

Transmission Channel focus area and select

the transmission channel by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -

1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the PC= (program

change) focus area and rotate the Data Scroll

Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons

to set the program change number.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the program

change for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

PC Ch= 1

PC= off

Program

change

Program change transmission channel

Settings:

Program change transmission channel: 1 to 16.

Program change: off, 1 to 128.

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select)

This selects the bank (MIDI Control Change) to

be transmitted when the drum kit is changed.

You can set the bank individually to channels 1

through 16. By switching the DTX drum kit,

you can change the bank of an external tone

generator voice. By using this with the MIDI

Program Change function mentioned above,

you can effectively choose from many sounds

available in the tone generator. This can be set

for each drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the Bank Select

Transmission Channel focus area and rotate

the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and

-1/NO buttons to select the transmission

channel.

"Move the cursor to Bank Select MSB focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

MSB.

#Move the cursor to Bank Select LSB focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

LSB.

$Repeat steps !, ", and # to set the bank

select for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

M 0L 0

BK Ch= 1

Bank select LSB

Bank select MSB

Bank select transmission channel

Settings:

Bank Select Transmission Channel: 1 to 16

Bank Select MSB: 0 to 127

Bank Select LSB: 0 to 127

18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume)

This sets the volume of the MIDI control change

sent when the drum kit is switched. It is

possible to set the volume value for each of the

channels 1 to 16. For example, by switching

the drum kit of the DTX, you can set the

volume of a voice of an external synthesizer to a

specific value. These parameters can be set for

each drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the Control Change

Transmission Channel and select the

Transmission channel using the Data Scroll

Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the Volume focus area

and set the value using the Data Scroll Wheel

or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " and set the volume

for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Vol= off

Volume

Control change transmission channel

Settings:

Control change Send channel: 1 to 16

Volume: off, 0 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan)

This sets the pan position (of a stereo image) of

the MIDI control change sent when the drum

kit is switched. It is possible to set the volume

value for each of the channels 1 to 16. For

example, by switching the drum kit of the DTX,

you can set the pan position of a voice of an

external synthesizer to a specific value. These

parameters can be set for each drum kit.

!Move the cursor to the Control Change

Transmission Channel and select the

transmission channel using the Data Scroll

Wheel or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the Pan and set the value

using the Data Scroll Wheel or the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " and set the pan

position for each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Pan= off

Pan

Control change transmission channel

Settings:

Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16

Pan: off, 0 (far left in a stereo image) to 127 (far right

in a stereo image)

20 CC Ch= (transmit control change)

This sets the type (control change number) and

value of the MIDI control change data

transmitted when a drum kit is switched. It is

possible to set control change numbers

individually to each of the channels 1 to 16.

For example, by switching a drum kit, you can

set the sound parameters of external

synthesizers connected to the DTX. The data

can be set for each drum kit.

Also refer to P.131 for further details regarding control

change data.

!Move the cursor to the Control Change

Transmission Channel focus area and select

the transmission channel by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and

-1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the control change

number and select the number by rotating

the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons. This step selects the

type of control change data to transmit.

#Move the cursor to the data focus area and

set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons.

$Repeat steps ! to # to set the control

change numbers and data parameters for

each of the 16 channels.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CC Ch= 1

Data

Control

Change

Number

Control change transmission channel

C 0=off

Settings:

Control change transmission channel: 1 to 16

Control change number: 0 to 119

Data: off, 0 to 127

Feature Reference — Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode

21 RootNote

This determines the minimum value of the

MIDI note number of the voice. The DTX has a

keyboard range of 71 keys and the default

settings assign MIDI note numbers 13 to 84.

For example, by changing the minimum value

from 13 to 10, the valid note numbers become

10 to 81. This setting is possible for each drum

kit.

Set the Root note by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

RootNote

= 13

Settings:

0 to 56

Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode

Chain Play Mode

Chains are used to organize the drum kits (or patterns) in a user-programmed order, making it quick and

easy to select the drum kit (or patterns) you need.

For example, you can use the chain function to quickly change your drum kit configuration according to

the line-up of tunes at a live performance, or practice the rhythm of a specific line of patterns. A

maximum of 16 chains can be set.

If you want to use the Chain function, you are required to build the chains in Chain Edit mode.

Pattern

1Pattern

10 Pattern

20 END

Chain 2

Drum kit

1Drum kit

5Drum kit

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 32

END

Chain 1

Drum kit

3Pattern

50 END

Chain 16

Entering the Chain Play Mode

Press the CHAIN button.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN SONG

The Chain Play mode display is configured in the same way as Pattern Play mode (or Song Play mode).

Press the PATTERN button and enter Pattern Play mode to use a chain of patterns.

Feature Reference — Chain Play Mode

Selecting a Chain

!Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the chain number focus area.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

Chain nameChain number

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

SONG

It is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE

and PAGE

⁄

buttons.

" Select the chain number rotating the Data Scroll Wheel.

The LED display will show either the drum kit number set to the chain number, or the drum kit number that was chosen previous to entering the

Chain mode.

CHAIN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Chain 1

CityDogs

SONG

Chain nameChain number

You can also use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to change the chain number.

Settings:

The following chain numbers can be selected

1 to 16

Switching the Steps

Each time you press the TRIGGER button or the DRUM KIT button while holding SHIFT, you can move the

chain 1 step forward or backward, respectively.

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Move 1 step forward.Move 1 step backward.

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

In order to quickly switch steps during live performances, it is recommended to use any 2 pad functions as a step-up/down switch (P.45). You

can also use the footswitch as a step-up/down switch (P.46).

Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode

Chain Edit Mode

This used to create a chain of necessary drum kits or patterns. You can store up to 16 chains consisting

of a maximum of 32 steps (drum kits).

Use the blank chart provided at the end of this manual (P.116) to memo the editing contents of the new chain.

Creating a Chain

!Select the chain number to create or edit a chain in Chain Play mode.

"Enter Chain Edit mode.

#Name the chain (if necessary).

$Select the drum kit (or pattern) and set the 1st step.

%Move to the 2nd step and set the drum kit (or pattern).

&Continue this procedure for the 3rd step on to set the drum kit (or pattern) for the necessary number of

chain steps.

'Enter Store mode and store the chain you have created.

Refer to P.69 for details on how to store a chain.

Entering the Chain Edit Mode

Press the CHAIN button twice or press the CHAIN button once if you are in Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 2

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Select the chain you want to edit in Chain Play mode before entering this mode.

When the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page of the System Items in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the

page you selected the last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. See

P.116 for details regarding the “JJumpRcnt (jump to recent page)” parameter.

Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode

The Chain Edit Mode (Page structure and operation)

The Chain Edit mode consists of the following 3 display pages:

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Name =

Chain 2

Function namePage number

Parameter

Example:

1st display page

!Select the page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

"Select the parameter using the Q cursor buttons.

#Set the value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Once you have edited in this mode, a small dot lights on the lower right-hand corner of the drum kit number displayed on the LED to indicate

that the edit results have not been stored. See P.69 on how to store your edit. The dot disappears when you go to Chain Play mode during an edit to

select a different chain. The edited settings will return back to the default settings, but you can recall the edited data using the Recall function (P.68).

Indicates you have not saved

the edited settings.

Functions of Each Page

1 Name (chain name) ................................................................................................ (P.67)

2 Chain create or revise............................................................................................. (P.67)

3 Edit recall ............................................................................................................... (P.68)

Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode

1 Name (chain name)

Use up to 8 letters to name the chain.

Refer to the Drum Kit Name section (P.35) for

details on which letters can be used and how to

enter them.

2 Chain create or revise

This function is used to create or revise a chain.

!Move the cursor to the chain step number

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

select the 1st chain step.

If you are revising an existing chain, select

the Step number you want to change.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1

Chain step number

You can also select the next or previous chain step

number by pressing the TRIGGER or DRUM KIT button or by

pressing the PAGE

or PAGE

⁄

buttons while holding SHIFT,

even if the cursor is not in the chain step number focus area.

"Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel

or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to

select the drum kit or pattern for this chain

step.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1

Drum kit or pattern focus area

#Move the cursor to the drum kit or pattern

number focus area and select the necessary

number.

Drum Kit:

Select from drum kit numbers 1 to 64 for each

chain step.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

=DrumKit

num= 1

Drum kit number

Pattern:

1) Select from style or pattern numbers 1 to

110 for each chain step.

2) If you have selected from the preset styles

(pattern styles 1 to 110), move the cursor to

the section focus area and specify a section.

User patterns do not have sections. Therefore, if you

have selected from the user patterns (style number 111 on), the

display will show “--” on the section focus area and you will not

be able to select a section. See P.71for further details on

section.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

=Pattern

= 1 MA

Section

Style (pattern)

number

$Repeat steps !, ", and # to specify the

drum kit or pattern for the necessary chain

steps (up to 32 chain steps).

You can mix a drum-kit-specified chain step and a

pattern-specified chain step within one chain.

%Upon editing the necessary steps of the

chain, move the cursor to the drum kit or

pattern focus area and rotate the Data Scroll

Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons

to display END to end the chain at the

current chain step number.

If you forward the chain step during Chain Play mode,

the chain step will end at the END setting.

Feature Reference — Chain Edit Mode

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

= END

Settings:

Chain step number: 1 to 32

Drum kit or pattern: DrumKit, pattern, END (sets the

last chain step)

Drum kit or pattern number: 1 to 64 (drum kits), 1

to 220 (patterns)

Section focus area (only when the selected pattern

is between 1 and 110): IN (intro), MA (Main A), MB

(Main B), FA (Fill AB), FB (Fill BA), EN (Ending)

3 Edit recall

While you are editing the drum kit, if you enter

Chain Play mode and select other drum kits the

DTX will return to its original data. However,

by using the Edit Recall function, you can recall

the edited data and continue to edit.

!Select Edit Recall after selecting another

chain in Chain Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Edit

recall ?

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Recall

Sure?y/n

#Press the +1/YES button to execute Edit

Recall . “complete” will flash on the LCD

momentarily and the display will return to

the Edit Recall display.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel.

Feature Reference — Store Mode

Store Mode

After you have created a chain of drum kits and edited voices, it is necessary to store the data into the

DTX. Store the drum kit data in Drum Kit Store mode and chain data in Chain Store mode.

Entering Store Mode

Drum Kit Store Mode

Enter the Drum Kit Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Drum Kit Trigger mode or

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode or from Drum Kit Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 1

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

DRUM KIT

The storage method differs dependig on the settings in Link mode (P.115) on the 3rd display page in Utility mode.

Link mode = global ...........

Stores the edited drum kit both to the specified destination and drum kit number 1.

Link mode = indiv .............

Stores the edited drum kit only to the specified destination.

Chain Store Mode

Enter the Chain Store mode by pressing the STORE button while editing in Chain Edit mode or from Chain

Play mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store CH

to 1

CHAIN

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Feature Reference — Store Mode

Storing Procedures

The steps to store data apply for both the drum kit and chain. Here the drum kit display will be used as an

example.

!Choose the drum kit (or chain) number for the destination by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

to 10

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD will display “Sure? y/n.”

DRUM KIT

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Store DK

Sure?y/n

CLICK

#Press the +1/YES button to store the drum kit (or chain) to the specified destination drum kit (or chain

number). The LCD will flash “complete” momentarily and the display will return to the Drum Kit (or

Chain) Play mode.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel. The display will return to the Drum Kit (or Chain) Play mode.

To enter a different mode without storing the data, simply press the DRUM KIT, CHAIN, SONG, or PATTERN buttons.

Copying the Drum Kit or Chain

Use the store function to copy a drum kit or chain to a different number. This is convenient in creating a

new drum kit or chain based on an existing drum kit or chain.

!Select the drum kit (or chain) number of the copy source in Drum Kit Play (or Chain Play) mode.

"Press the STORE button to enter Store mode.

#Select the number (copy destination) and execute the store operation. This will copy the drum kit (or

chain).

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Pattern Play Mode

In this mode, there are 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns to choose from.

Change the tempo or chord, adjust the volume of each part, switch sections--a variety of patterns are

available for any kind of performance you like. You can practice rhythm by playing the pads to a pattern.

You can also mute parts that are not necessary. This mode can be applied in thousands of ways.

The Concept of “pattern”

Track Structure

Each pattern consists of 3 tracks: chord, bass, and rhythm.

Chord

Bass

Rhythm

Types of Patterns

Your DTX contains 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) and 100 user patterns.

Style

Style refers to the music category of the pattern. There are 110 different styles and 6 sections for each style.

Select a section for a style to make a preset pattern.

Section

6 sections are available for each style. A section is a music component combined to create a music piece.

The preset patterns have the following six sections programmed:

MAIN A ........ This is the default section. It can be used for the basic verse and chorus structure of a pattern.

MAIN B ........ This is the alternative section. It can be used to bridge patterns.

The following 2 transmission sections play immediately when selected:

FILL AB ........ Used to make the transition between the verse/chorus section and the bridge section. This section continues to MAIN B.

FILL BA ........ Used to make the transition back to the verse/chorus section. This section continues to MAIN A.

INTRO .......... Used for the introduction of the pattern. This section continues to MAIN A.

ENDING ....... Ends the pattern play when completed.

Drum kits are programmed to change in a present pattern. To keep the drum kits from changing automatically. Set the parameter “RecvCh10

PC” on the 17th display page in Utility mode (P.118) to “off”.

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

User Patterns

User patterns refer to empty memory space (111 to 210) where you can create your own pattern. User

patterns do not have sections as the preset styles or patterns do, but you can specify any user pattern as a

section (INTRO, FILL, etc.).

110 styles 6 sections

660 preset patterns

ENDINGFILL BAFILL ABMAIN BMAIN AINTRO

100 user patterns

Selected pattern

store within the DTX

Entering Pattern Play Mode

Press the PATTERN button.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

MAIN A

You may inadvertently enter the Pattern Job mode if you press the PATTERN button 2 times. If this should happen, press the PATTERN button

again. This button switches between Pattern Play mode and Pattern Job mode.

The Pattern Play mode is displayed in the same format as Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).

Selecting a Pattern

Select a preset pattern by choosing a combination of one style and one section from the 110 styles and 6

sections. It is possible to combine the styles and sections of the preset pattern in 660 ways. User patterns do

not have sections as preset patterns do.

!Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Acoustic

RP Hop

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

The style number is automatically selected and blinks in Pattern Play mode.

It is also possible to move up or down the LCD using the PAGE

and Page

⁄

buttons.

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel to select the style number.

Section

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

RP Hop

Style nameStyle number Tempo

Beat

Measure

Click

Data focus area

You can also switch the style number using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The style you have selected will automatically be set to the default tempo that matches the style when the

Tempo mode in Utility mode is set to “pattern” (P.123).

The data display (lower part of the LCD) shows the configuration of the currently selected rhythm.

Style (and user pattern) numbers:

Preset style: 1 to 110

User pattern: 111 to 210

#Select the section after you have selected a preset style.

Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING buttons while holding SHIFT to

select the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.

The user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected user pattern.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

DA RaveQ

MAIN B

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

While holding

the SHIFT button...

PAGE

AGE

PAGE

AGE

The Pattern Play mode automatically selects the MAIN A section. However, if you have entered Pattern Play mode from Song Play mode, the

styles and sections used in the song you used in Song Play mode will be selected.

Selections

Sections: MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Playing a Pattern

!Press the START/STOP button to play a pattern.

The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the pattern that is playing.

CLICK

When the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also

play.

"Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the pattern. The DTX will automatically return to the

beginning of the pattern.

LCD Display (during performance)

The beat indicator will flash to the tempo as shown below.

The chord focus area will show the chord name of the pattern currently playing.

The measure number focus area will indicate the measure number currently playing. If a one-measure pattern is playing, this

focus area will not change from “1”.

DRUM KIT

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

Cmin7 _ _

(

root

)(

type

)(

on-bass

)

Chord focus area

Beat indicator

Measure number

focus area

1st beat

2nd beat

3rd beat

4th beat

You can switch to a different pattern while a pattern is playing. Switch the style or section to the beginning of a new pattern. The tempo will not

change.

The number of measures of differ for each pattern.

“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.

PAUSE Button

Press the PAUSE button to pause the playing of a pattern. The LED above the START/STOP button turns off.

The playing resumes from where it took off when the PAUSE button is pressed again.

CLICK

FAST FORWARD and REWIND Buttons

The FAST FORWARD and REWIND buttons steps the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the

pattern is stopped and is not playing. Press continuously to fast forward or rewind rapidly.

CLICK

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Volume Adjustment

Master Volume Adjustment

The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire pattern.

The MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit input from the pads.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Adjusting the Volume of Each Part

Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm. You can also balance the

volume between the pattern and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a pattern.

Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider or the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider on the front

panel to adjust the volume. Be aware that the functions and operation of these sliders will differ according to

the Slider mode settings of the system items in Utility mode (P.116). The default Slider mode is set to

practice (practice mode). The slider settings of this mode are as follows:

Accompaniment (chord and bass):

Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider to control the accompaniment.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Click:

Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the metronome click. See above.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Snare:

Use the ACCOMP (SNARE/CYMBAL) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the snare (including snare sounds input

from pads).

CLICKCLICK

KICK/MISC.KICK/MISC.

ACCOMPACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBALSNARE/CYMBAL

AUX INAUX IN

MINMIN

MAXMAX

MASTER VOL.MASTER VOL.

PAGE AGE

ERASEERASE

SHIFTSHIFT

+1/YES1/YES

−1/NO1/NO

TEMPOTEMPO

MAIN BMAIN B

FILL BAFILL BA

ENDINGENDING

MAIN AMAIN A

FILL ABFILL AB

INTROINTRO

PAGE AGE

Kick:

Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider while holding SHIFT to control the kick (including kick sounds input from pads)

of the rhythm.

CLICKCLICK

KICK/MISC.KICK/MISC.

ACCOMPACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBALSNARE/CYMBAL

AUX INAUX IN

MINMIN

MAXMAX

MASTER VOL.MASTER VOL.

PAGE AGE

ERASEERASE

SHIFTSHIFT

+1/YES1/YES

−1/NO1/NO

TEMPOTEMPO

MAIN BMAIN B

FILL BAFILL BA

ENDINGENDING

MAIN AMAIN A

FILL ABFILL AB

INTROINTRO

PAGE AGE

By setting the Slider mode in Utility mode to live (live mode), you can control the volume of the CYMBAL and MISC. (other instruments) parts

(P.116).

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Adjusting the Tempo

Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can change the tempo. Move the cursor to the tempo

focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

td 1

aveQ

Settings:

[= 30 to 299

Each pattern has a default tempo value. Therefore, even if you change the tempo, once you select a different pattern, the tempo will return to

the default value of the newly selected pattern. By setting the Tempo mode in the SEQ sub-mode of Utility mode to “global”, the tempo will remain the

same while selecting different patterns. Refer to P.123 for details on this function.

Click (metronome)

Regardless of whether the pattern is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or

OFF by pressing the CLICK button.

!Press the CLICK button to start the metronome. The LED above the CLICK button will flash to the

current tempo.

CLICK

"Press the CLICK button again to stop the metronome.

If you press the CLICK button while a pattern is playing, the metronome will automatically synchronize to the tempo of the pattern.

Adjusting the Volume (click)

Use the CLICK (KICK/MISC.) volume slider to control the volume of the click. Refer to P.75 above for details.

Adjusting the Tempo (click)

Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the tempo in the same way as in adjusting the tempo of a

pattern. Refer to “Adjusting the Tempo” above.

Setting the Beat of the Click

Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can control the beat of the click.

Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to set the beat.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

Settings:

1/4 to 8/4, 1/8 to 16/8, 1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16)

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Setting the Quantization

Regardless of whether the click is playing or not, you can change the quantization of the click.

Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

CLICK

Settings:

quarter note,

quarter note triplet, eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

Muting or Soloing Each Track

This function enables you to mute each part of a pattern, rhythm, chord, or bass. In the opposite manner,

you can also listen to each solo (individual part) using this function.

Muting

By pressing the BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons, you can mute each part and the LED above each

button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same

button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

Muting each Rhythm Part

You can also mute the RHYTHM, KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments). This is convenient especially during rhythm practice

where you can mute a snare or kick part and play your pad instead.

Press the SNARE, KICK, CYMBAL, or MISC. (other instruments) buttons while holding SHIFT to mute each

rhythm part. The LCD will hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will

appear on the right side of the rhythm track. To cancel, press the same button while holding SHIFT.

MUTE

MAIN A

OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

ROCK1

RBMotrCC

The snare is muted.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

Refer to P.19, 87 for details on the data focus area.

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Solo

Solo refers to the function that plays a single part and mutes the others. You can play each part of the rhythm

solo to check a voice or rhythm configuration.

Press the SNARE, KICK, CYM, or MISC. button while holding SOLO to mute the other parts. The LCD will

hide the “Data” indicators (rhythm track) in the data focus area and “MUTE” will appear on the right side of

the rhythm track. To cancel the solo, press SOLO again and the DTX will return to Pattern Play mode.

MUTE

MAIN A

OFF

DRUM KITCHAIN

PATTERN SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

INPUT QUANT.

CLICK

ROCK1

RBMotrCC

The snare is playing solo.

+BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE KICK

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

MISC.

SNARE KICK

Selecting the Chords

You can select the chords of the accompaniment while playing a pattern.

!Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MEASURE CLICK

Cmin7 _ _

Root Chord

type On-bass

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

“C” is the root that is preset to the chord of each pattern.

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the root of the chord.

#Move the cursor to the chord type focus area and select a chord type.

$Move the cursor to the on-bass focus area and select a bass note to play with the chord (if necessary).

Settings:

Root: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B

Chord type: There are 26 types of chords. Refer to P.79 for details on chord types.

On-bass: C, CG, D, DG, E, F, FG, G, GG, A, AG, B

Feature Reference — Pattern Play Mode

Chords

The chords are abreviated as listed below. The DTX enables you to specify a chord to the current pattern simply by

selecting the root and type. An on-bass note can be used when necessary.

Root ................ The bass note of the chord.

Chord type ..... The type (e.g. major, minor, etc.) of the chord.

On-bass ........... The low bass note to use when you want to produce a chord with a bass note other than the root.

Chord List (root=C)

Name on the LCD

mM7

Minor major

seventh

sus4

Suspended fourth

7su4

Seventh

suspended fourth

♭

Minor seventh

flatted fifth

min6

Minor sixth

aug

Augmented

♯

Seventh

augmented

add9

Added ninth

mad9

Minor added

ninth

7th9

Seventh ninth

♯

Seventh sharp

ninth

––––

♭

Seventh added

flatted thirteenth

♯

Seventh added

sharp eleventh

m711

Major seventh

added eleventh

7 13

Seventh added

thirteenth

♭

Seventh flatted

ninth

min

Minor

7th

Seventh

min7

Minor seventh

Maj7

Major seventh

dim

Diminished

6th

Sixth

Maj

Major Maj9

Major ninnth

min9

Minor ninth

The chord

recorded to a user

pattern is played

back.

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

Pattern Record Mode

You can records original patterns to user pattern numbers 111 to 210. Each pattern consists of 3 tracks:

rhythm, chord, and bass (P.71). You can create patterns by real-time recording: hitting connected pads or

playing a connected MIDI keyboard, or step recording: inputting notes one after another one step at a

time. Step recording makes it possible to input rather complex beats which would be difficult to play in

real time.

Recording

!Getting prepared: (P.81)

Select the user pattern number to record your original pattern in Pattern Play mode.

It is also necessary to select the drum kit (normal) and keyboard voice you want to use before you record.

"Standby: (P.81)

Enter the Pattern Record mode (Record-ready).

#Select a recording track: (P.81)

Select the track (chord/bass/rhythm) you want to record.

$Select the type of recording: (P.82)

Select the type of recording (real-time or step recording) when you are using a rhythm track.

This step is not required if you are only recording the chord or bass track where you can only record in real-time.

%Set the tempo: (P.82)

Set the tempo of the pattern you are going to record.

&Set the beat (time signature): (P.83)

Set the beat of the pattern you are going to record.

'Set the number of measures: (P.83)

Set the number of measures of the pattern you are going to record.

(Set the quantization: (P.84)

Set the quantization value.

)Record in real-time: (P.84)

Record your performance from an external MIDI keyboard or pad.

If you choose step recording to record a rhythm track, you can input the data for each step while checking the LCD of the DTX (P.85).

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

1. Getting Ready to Record

Select a user pattern number (111 to 210) in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Record mode (P.72).

The MIDI Channel and Recorded Voices

Select a drum kit you want to record on the 6th page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record mode and recording

to the rhythm track. Refer to (P.92)for details on how to select the drum kit. If you are using a MIDI keyboard, you can

record to the rhythm track by connecting the MIDI keyboard to channel 10.

Select a keyboard voice voice from 128 types in the 6th display page in Pattern Job mode before entering Pattern Record

mode and recording the voice to a chord or bass track. Refer to P.92 for details on how to select a voice. A chord track is

recorded through MIDI channel 5 and a bass track through MIDI channel 7.

2. Stand-by

By pressing the RECORD button, you will enter Pattern Record mode and the DTX will stand by for

recording. The red LED above the RECORD button will light up.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

CLICK

An empty user pattern will automatically be selected even when a preset pattern is selected and the Record Button is pressed.

You can erase all of the data in the currently selected user pattern just by pressing the RECORD button while holding SHIFT. The DTX will go

into record-ready mode. This is convenient when you want to create a pattern from scratch.

3. Selecting a Track

Select a track for recording.

Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM button to choose the track for recording and the LED above the button

will light up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

4. Selecting the Type of Recording

*This step is not necessary if you have chosen a chord track or bass track to record. Skip this step and move

on to step 5.

If you have chosen the rhythm track to record, you can choose the type of recording.

Move the cursor to the type of recording focus area and choose the type by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or

using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. You can choose from the following:

Real-time: A recording to record the input from pads or drums connected to the DTX. This method is the

same as recording a chord track or bass track.

Step Rec (step recording): A type of recording where you specify each drum voice to a beat one at a time

while checking the data focus area on the LCD.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Recording method

The following operations are necessary for real-time recording. If you have selected step recording, skip to

P.85.

5. Setting the Tempo

Set the tempo for real-time recording.

!Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area.

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -/NO buttons to set the tempo.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings:

Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

You can only set the tempo of a pattern that does not contain any data.

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

6. Setting the Beat (time signature)

Set the beat of the pattern you are recording.

Move the cursor to the BEAT focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the beat.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings:

1/F (1/16) to 16/F (16/16), 1/8 to 16/8, 1/4 to 8/4

You can only set or record the beat of a pattern that does not contain any data.

7. Setting the Number of Measures

Set the length of the recorded pattern using measures as units.

Move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the number of measures.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings:

1 to 8

You can only set the number of measures of a pattern that does not contain any data.

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

8. Setting the Quantization

Set the quantization values for the recording. Quantization helps to produce a “tight” recording by

automatically aligning notes to the nearest specified beat as you record. For example, if you want to record

directly from a hi-hat on the eighth note, you can record your hi-hat sound precisely to the eighth note by

setting the quantization value to the eighth note.

The quantization set here will be the minimum unit of the recording data. Pick the shortest quantization in

the piece used for the phrase or rhythm you are recording.

The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the

quantization afterwards (P.91).

Move the cursor to the QUANT. focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the quantization.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Realtime

REC Mode

Settings:

OFF, quarter note,

quarter note triplet, eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

The finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.

9. Real-time Recording

Real-time recording allows you to record a pattern as you play the external MIDI keyboards or drum pads in

real-time.

!Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once, and the DTX will countdown

two measures before beginning to record.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

Record..

REC Mode

CLICK

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

The LED above the CLICK button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the countdown. The LED above the CLICK button and

the START/STOP button will flash in time with the current tempo setting during the recording.

The recording to the chord track is executed through MIDI channel 5, the bass track through MIDI channel 7, and the rhythm track through

MIDI channel 10.

Once the DTX has looped back to the beginning of the first measure, you can record the snare drum, hi-hat,

or other parts onto the track while checking the measure number.

The data of each part (KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, MISC.) you have played will appear in the data focus area of the LCD after recording a rhythm

track. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details on the data focus area.

"By pressing the START/STOP button, the LCD will display “Wait...” and the recording will end. The DTX

will return to Pattern Play mode.

Step Recording (for rhythm track only)

Step recording can be used to record the rhythm track. This allows you to input each beat one step at a time

while checking the structure in the data focus area.

!Follow steps 1. Getting Ready to Record (P. 81) and 4. Selecting the Type of Recording (P.82) and press

the START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the DTX will enter Step Recording

mode.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

0-0-00

--------

Pattern number

Pattern number Drum voice name

Beat

Measure number

Quantization

Data focus area

Beat Indicator

Location pointer

Measure/Beat/Clock .. Indicates the present position.

Pattern number ........ Indicates the number of the user pattern currently designated for recording.

Drum voice name ..... Displays the voice name currently being used. If there is no voice recorded at this location, the display shows

“--------”.

Measure number ...... Indicates the number of the present measure.

Quantization............. Indicates the quantization value (note length).

Data focus area ......... Displays the input data with dots.

Beat Indicator ........... Indicates the current beat.

Location pointer ....... Indicates the present position of drum voice to input or clear. The cursor can be moved by a quantization

value at a time.

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

"Move the cursor to the quantization focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the

quantization (note length) of the drum voice by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -

1/NO buttons. Hereafter, you can move the cursor by the quantization value you have selected.

OFF

PATTERN

MISC.

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

0-0-00

--------

Settings:

OFF, quarter note,

quarter note triplet, eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

The finest level of quantization is when quantization is OFF, which resolves to 96 clocks per quarter note.

The location of the beat indicator will change depending on the quantization level you have selected.

#Move the location pointer to the location where you want to input a drum voice using the FORWARD or

REWIND button. You can also move the location pointer a measure at a time by moving the cursor to the

MEASURE focus area and rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

The quantization is set to the eighth note.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

The quantization is set to the quater note.

The cursor can also be moved by a quantization value at a time.

$Play the pad or MIDI keyboard corresponding to the drum voice you want to input. The voice name of

the input will appear and the data will appear in the data focus area in the form of a small square dot.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

The drum voice appears on the LCD categorized in 4 tracks: KICK, SNARE, CYMBAL, and MISC. (other instruments).

The MIDI keyboard will be recorded through MIDI channel 10.

Erasing a Mistake

To erase a voice you have entered by mistake, take the following steps:

1 Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position above the dot (note indicator)

position of the drum voice you want to erase.

2 Press the ERASE button. And the mistake will be erased.

Feature Reference — Pattern Record Mode

%Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the necessary drum voices in the appropriate positions.

&Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Pattern Play mode.

Sample: 8-beat drum pattern

When an 8-beat drum pattern is entered, the LCD will display:

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

1st beat

Hi-hat

Snare

Kick

2nd beat 3rd beat 4th beat

Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

Pattern Job Mode

This mode has various supporting functions to create a pattern: name a recorded pattern, quantize, copy,

or clear a pattern.

Entering Pattern Job Mode

Press the PATTERN button twice or press the PATTERN button once while in Pattern Play mode.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Select the user pattern in Pattern Play mode before entering Pattern Job mode.

When the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the

last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Refer to P.116 for details

regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter.

The Pattern Job Mode (page structure and operation)

The Pattern Job mode consists of 7 display pages.

MAIN A

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP Hop

Page number Function name

!Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

"Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.

#Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

$Execute the function: Execute quantization or copy.

Some display pages may not require step 4.

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

Functions of Each Page

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): Pattern copy ............................................................................... (P.90)

2 Quantize: Quantization ......................................................................................... (P.91)

3 CrTrNote: Clears a specific note ........................................................................... (P.91)

4 ClrTrack: Clears a track ......................................................................................... (P.92)

5 ClearPat: Clears a pattern ...................................................................................... (P.92)

6 Ch/Ba/Ry Voice: Selects the voices of a chord, bass or rhythm track..................... (P.92)

7 Pat Name: Pattern name ........................................................................................ (P.92)

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy

This copies a specific preset or user pattern to a

different user pattern number.

This is convenient in creating a new pattern

based on an existing pattern.

!Choose the preset style or user pattern by

rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

It is necessary to specify the section (P.73) before

selecting a preset style to copy.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP FunkS

"Press the START/STOP button to select the

CopyDest (copy destination) of the user

pattern.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopyDest

Init Pat

#Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

number of the user pattern.

$Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

Sure?y/n

%Press the +1/YES button to copy. The

display will return to the original (Copy Pat

display page).

Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and

the display will return to the first page.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Copy Pat

RP FunkS

Settings:

Copy source: preset style (1 to 110) x 6 sections, user

pattern (111 to 210).

Copy destination: user pattern (111 to 210).

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

2 Quantize (quantization)

This function quantizes each track of the

currently selected pattern. As described on

P.84, the quantization function automatically

aligns a note to the nearest specified beat.

!Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM

button of the track you want to quantize and

the LED above will light up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the

quantization.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

QUANT.

Quantize

Tr&Value

#Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

$Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the

display will return to the original Quantize

display page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel the

quantize.

Settings:

Quantize: OFF, quarter note,

quarter note triplet,

eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

Once you quantize the track, the data is revised and is

irretrievable.

3 CrTrNote (clear specific note)

This clears the specific note from an entire

track.

!Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM

button of the track containing the note you

want to clear and the LED above will light

up.

"By hitting the connected pad or playing the

note on the connected MIDI keyboard, the

LCD will display the specific note number

and note name of the note that will be

cleared.

You can also move the cursor to the note number, note

name or octave number. Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the note you want to

clear.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CrTrNote

= 60 C 3

Note number

Note name

Octave number

#Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

$Press the +1/YES button to clear and the

display will return to the original CrTrNote

display page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

Feature Reference — Pattern Job Mode

4 ClrTrack (clears a track)

This clears all the data on the specified track

within the currently selected pattern.

!Press the CHORD, BASS, or RHYTHM

button of the track you want to clear and the

LED above will light up.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

ClrTrack

SetTrack

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

#Press the +1/YES button to clear the track

and the display will return to the original

ClrTrack page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

5 ClearPat (clear pattern)

This clears all the data within the currently

selected user pattern.

!Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user

pattern or “Clear All”.

PATTERN

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

ClearPat

Init Pat

The “ClearAll” command is located after user pattern

number 220. You can clear all the user patterns by selecting

“ClearAll”.

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

#Press the +1/YES button to clear and the

display will return to the original ClearPat

page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear.

6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, bass or

rhythm track)

This selects the voices of a chord, bass or

rhythm track for the currently selected pattern.

!Move the cursor to the track display and

select the track of the voice you want to set

with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/YES

or -1/NO buttons.

PATTERN

Ocarina

Track

Pgm= cho

Program

Change Number

Voice Name

Chord track voice selecting

PATTERN

SlapBas2

Pgm=bass

Track

Profgram

Change Number

Bass track voice selecting

Voice Name

PATTERN

GM std 1

Pgm= rhy

Track

Program

Change Number

Rhythm track voice selecting

Drum Kit Name

"Move the cursor to the Program Change

Number and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or

use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select

the voice or drum kit you want to use for the

track.

Settings:

Track: cho, bass, rhy

Program change numbers: 0 to 128

Refer to P.143 for details about the voice list.

Refer to P.120 “9 P/C

→

KIT” for details about the program

change number of each drum kit.

7 Pat Name (pattern name)

Use up to 8 letters to name the pattern

The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the

same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for

details.

Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or

copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Song Play Mode

Use this mode to select and play from 100 preset songs and 30 user songs. By using the mute function

you can easily create a minus-one playback and practice a drum or keyboard part to your original song

previously created as well as synchronize with other connected digital devices at a live performance.

The Concept of “song”

Track Structure

The song consists of 5 tracks: 2 sequence tracks (TR1 and TR2) and 3 backing tracks (pattern, chord, and

tempo).

TR1 (track 1)

Sequence track

Backing track

TR2 (track 2)

Pattern track

Pattern 1

Chord track

(Chord progression)

Tempo track

Chord

Bass

Rhythm

Pattern 2 Pattern 3

CGF

(Record melody lines

or obligatos using a

MIDI keyboard)

Chord

Bass

Rhythm

Chord

Bass

Rhythm

Sequence Tracks

You can record a melody or obligato to each sequence track in real-time just as you would record a track on a

sequencer.

Backing Tracks

The backing consists of 3 tracks: pattern (PAT TR), chord (CHO TR), and tempo (TMP TR). Create backing

tracks by setting the pattern, chord, and tempo changes in sequential order.

It is easy to create a song with an irregular beats or a song with ritardando or accelerando settings.

Types of Songs

You can create a total of 30 songs (No.101 to 130). The DTX also comes with 100 preset songs (No.1 to

100).

The preset song contains drum kits which are set in advance and generate appropriate sounds. To keep the drum kit from automatically

switching, change the settings on the 17th display page (RecvCh 10PC) in Utility mode (P.118).

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Entering Song Play Mode

Press the SONG button.

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

TTERN

SONG

CHAIN

You may inadvertently enter Song Job mode if you press the SONG button twice. Press the SONG button again to return to Song Play mode.

The modes will change alternately each time you press this button.

The Song Play mode is displayed in the same format as the Drum Kit Play mode (or Chain Play mode).

Selecting a Song

! Use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the song number focus area.

Song name

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number

PAGE

AGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

1/YES

−1/NO

1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

AGE

The song number focus area automatically blinks in Song Play mode.

It is also possible to move up and down the LCD using the PAGE

or PAGE

⁄

buttons.

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the song number.

Song name

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number Tempo

Beat

Measure numbe

Click

Section

Data focus area

The selected song will be set to a preset tempo.

The rhythm data of the current measure will appear in the form of small square dots on the LCD data focus

area. Refer to P.19, 87 for further details about the data focus area.

Selections:

Preset song: 1 to 100

User song: 101 to 130

The section name of the current measure will appear on the far bottom of the LCD. If a user pattern is used in the current measure, the section

will not appear on the LCD.

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Playing a Song

!Press the START/STOP button to play a song.

The green LED above the START/STOP button will flash to the tempo of the song that is playing.

CLICK

When the "Count" parameter on the 36th page of the Count screen (P. 123) in Utility mode is "on," the metronome sound of the click will also

play.

"Press the START/STOP button again to stop playing the song. The song will automatically return to the

beginning of the song.

The “Beat” indicator will flash to the tempo (P.74) while the song is playing. The MEASURE focus area will show the measure number currently

playing.

PAUSE button

Press the PAUSE button to pause the song. The LED above the START/STOP button will turn off. The song

will start where it stopped when the PAUSE or the START/STOP button is pressed again.

CLICK

FORWARD and REWIND Buttons

The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the cursor to the measure where you want to start the song.

The FORWARD and REWIND buttons move the indicator forward or backward by a measure when the song

is not playing . The LCD will show the style, section, and tempo of the first measure.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

Song number Song name Tempo

Measure numbe

CLICK

Section

Data focus area

You can also change the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Volume Adjustment

Master Volume Adjustment

The MASTER VOLUME slider adjusts the volume of the entire song.

The MASTER VOLUME slider also controls the sound of the drum kit played and input from the pads.

CLICK

KICK/MISC.

ACCOMP

SNARE/CYMBAL

AUX IN

MIN

MAX

MASTER VOL.

Volume Adjustment of Each Part

Adjust the volume of the accompaniment (chord and bass), click, or rhythm independently. You can also

balance the volume between the song and the drum kit input from the pads when you are practicing to a

song.

Adjust the volume in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.75 for details.

Adjusting the Tempo

Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can change the tempo.

Press the TEMPO button or use the Q cursor buttons to move the cursor to the tempo focus area

and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GM std 1

CityDogs

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Settings:

Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

The tempo adjustment is temporary. When you select a different song, the tempo will restore the default tempo.

Click (metronome)

Regardless of whether the song is playing or not, you can turn the click sound of the metronome ON or OFF

by pressing the CLICK button. The steps to set the volume, tempo, or beat of the click are the same as in

Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.76 for details.

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Muting or Soloing Each Track

This function enables you to mute the tracks of a song : TR1/2(tracks 1 or 2), rhythm, chord, or bass. You

can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same button again, the mute is

cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

Muting

By pressing the TR1, TR2, BASS, CHORD, or RHYTHM buttons you can mute, each part and the LED above

each button turns off. You can mute the parts you do not need during rhythm practice. By pressing the same

button again, the mute is cancelled and the LED above each button lights up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

On TR1 (track 1), when the rhythm (drum) is recorded on MIDI channel 10 and the bass is recorded on MIDI channel 7 or parts of a chord are

recorded on other channels respectively, it is possible to mute each part by pressing the corresponding RHYTHM, BASS and CHORD buttons.

The Mute/Solo of each Rhythm Part

You can also mute or solo play individually, each rhythm part in the same manner as in Pattern Play mode. Refer to P.77 for details.

You can also mute each part or play a single part of the rhythm in Track 1 when Track 1 is used as the rhythm track for MIDI channel 10 .

Groove Check Function

*This function can also be used in Pattern Play Mode.

This is a unique feature of the Yamaha DTX which enables you to check the “groove” feeling, that is a

difference in timing (how the pad or drum attack delays from the exact timing) of the song (or pattern) beat.

The Groove Check Function consists of the following 2 modes:

Single Mode .............. The LCD displays the difference (in clock units) of the timing, comparing each input from the pad or drum to

the song (or pattern) beat. This is convenient to check the timing of a snare or kick. The finest groove check

level depends on the quantization of the click.

MAIN A

DRUM KIT

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

GroovChk

dif:+00

Feature Reference — Song Play Mode

Average Mode ........... The LCD analyses the difference of the timing and displays the percentage (%). This mode averages the

difference and sets the 16th note quantization as 100%. Press the RECORD button again to clear all of the

current data.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE CLICK

ave:+00%

dsp: 00%

Select the groove check mode on the Groove Check display page of the SEQ items in Utility Mode in advance.

Operating the Groove Check Mode

!Press the RECORD button while playing a song (or pattern).

CLICK

"Move the cursor to the CLICK focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons to set the quantization which becomes the finest Groove Check level.

Settings:

Quantization: quarter note,

quarter note triplet, eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

#Play the pad or drum to the song (or pattern).

$The results of Groove Check will appear on the LCD for each mode in real-time.

%The Group Check function will be canceled when you stop playing by pressing the START/STOP button.

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

Song Record Mode

Use this mode to record original songs to user song numbers 101 to 130. Create a song using the

following steps:

!Line up the necessary patterns by step recording and set the chord progression by assigning the chords to

the backing track.

"Play the external MIDI keyboard and record the melody or obligato to the 2 sequence tracks in real-time.

Recording Procedures

!Getting prepared: (P.100)

Select the user song number to record your original song in Song Play mode.

"Stand-by: (P.100)

Enter Song Record mode.

#Select a recording track: (P.100)

Select the track (pattern, chord, tempo, track 1/2) you want to record to.

The type of recording depends on the selected track.

Step Recording (Recording to a Chord or Bass Track)(P.101, 103, 104)

Input the data one step at a time while checking the LCD display of the DTX.

Real-time Recording (Recording to track 1 or 2) (P.105)

!Set the tempo (P.105)

Set the tempo of the real-time recording.

"Set the quantization (P.105)

Set the quantization value of the real-time recording.

#Select the starting point (P.106)

Select the measure number of the starting point.

$Record (P.106)

Record from the external MIDI keyboard.

100

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

1. Getting prepared

Select a user song number (101 to 130) in Song Play mode before entering Song Record mode (P.94).

Voices used for the sequence tracks (Track 1 or 2) and MIDI channels:

Before you enter Song Record mode and record a sequence track, it is necessary to select a keyboard voice. Also when you

are using an external MIDI keyboard, be sure to check the connection and match select the proper transmission channels to

each track number.

The normal keyboard voices used to record sequence tracks 1 or 2 can be selected from 128 voices on the 5th display page in

Song Job mode. Refer to P.110 for details on how to select the voices.

2. Stand-by

Press the RECORD button to enter Song Record mode. The DTX will stand-by for recording and the red LED

above the RECORD button will light up.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

STEP REC

REC Mode

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

REC Mode

CLICK

Step recording display

Real-time recording display

An empty user song will automatically be selected even when a preset song is selected and the Record Button is pressed.

3. Selecting a Recording Track

Select the track to record the song.

Press the track button: TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR and the LED above the track button will

light up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

101

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

Step Recording

Use step recording to record pattern, chord, or tempo tracks. Input the data one step at a time while

checking the LCD display of the DTX.

Step Recording to a Pattern Track

Input the necessary measure from preset patterns (110 styles x 6 sections) or user patterns.

!Select PATTR (pattern track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the

START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD will display the Step

Recording display page.

INTRO

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

PatTrRec

NYC BOYZ

Tempo

Beat

Measure number

CLICK

Section

Style or pattern nameStyle or pattern number

Data focus area

Pattern input

QUANT.

Beat ................................ Shows the beat of the pattern entered in this measure.

Tempo ............................ Shows the tempo of this measure.

Style or pattern number . Shows the style or pattern number entered in this measure.

Style or pattern name ..... Shows the style or pattern name entered in this measure.

Measure number ............ Shows the current position by measure.

Pattern input .................. Shows a “” when this measure contains a pattern.

Data focus area ............... Displays the pattern data with dots.

Section ............................ Shows the section of the pattern entered in this measure.

"Move the cursor to the style or pattern number focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select

the style or pattern number by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

#Continue to specify the section if you have selected a preset style.

Press the MAIN A, MAIN B, FILL AB, FILL BA, INTRO, or ENDING button while holding SHIFT to select

the section. The selected section will appear on the far bottom of the LCD.

The user pattern does not have a section. Therefore, the section will not appear if you have selected a user pattern.

$Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to select the measure number to enter the next pattern.

You can also select the measure number by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons.

%Repeat steps ! to $ and enter the necessary patterns.

&After you have finished entering the last pattern of the song, enter an “EndofSng” mark in the measure

after the last. The “EndofSng” mark is located after the last style number (211). Select the “EndofSng”

mark as you would the style or pattern number in step " above.

By entering an END mark the DTX will automatically stop at the mark when you are playing a song or recording in real-time. If the song or

pattern is looped, the END mark will function as the repeat mark.

'Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

102

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

Erasing a Mistake

To change a pattern that has been entered, use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the position of the

pattern you want to clear and select a different pattern.

You can also erase the pattern of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.

PAGE

ERASE

SHIFT

+1/YES

−1/NO

TEMPO

MAIN B

FILL BA

ENDING

MAIN A

FILL AB

INTRO

PAGE

Sample Structure of a Song

Each preset style consists of 6 sections which can be connected to create a smooth piece of music. You can

also create other patterns and store them as user patterns and insert them into the song structure to try out

new ideas or create a new music piece.

MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A FILL AB

MAIN B MAIN B MAIN B FILL BA

Preset

User

MAIN A MAIN A MAIN A Your Original

Fill-in

Your Original

pattern A Your Original

pattern A “EndOfSng”

mark

ENDING

Refer to P.71 for further details on sections.

103

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

Step Recording to a Chord Track

Enter the necessary chords from a selection of 26 types one step at a time.

Refer to P.79 for details on chords.

!Select the CHO TR (chord track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and press the

START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will turn to the Step

Recording display page.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

KyTypeOB

Cmin7 _ _

Root

Beat

Measure number

Tempo

On-bassType

Data focus area

Beat Indicator

Location pointer

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CLICK

Chord input

Beat focus area ......... Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Tempo focus area ..... Shows the tempo of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Root .......................... Shows the chord root of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Type ......................... Shows the chord type of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

On-bass ..................... Shows the on-bass setting of the measure for the current locationpointer position.

Measure number ...... Shows the measure number for the current locationpointer position.

Chord input .............. Shows a “” when the current location pointer position contains a chord.

Location pointer ....... Indicates the current input position.

Data focus area ......... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.

"Move the cursor to the root focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the root of the

chord by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

#Move the cursor to the type focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select the type of the

chord. With this step you specify one chord.

$(If necessary,) specify an on-bass chord. Move the cursor to the on-bass chord focus area and select the

bass note apart from the root note.

%Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the

cursor 1/16th note at a time.

You can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

&Repeat steps ! to % and continue to enter the chords.

'Press the START/STOP button after you have finished step recording. The display will return to Song Play

mode.

Erasing a Mistake

To change a chord that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the focus area

of the chord data you want to erase and select a different chord.

To erase the chord data of the current measure simply by press the ERASE button.

104

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

Step Recording to a Tempo Track

Enter the tempo change data one step at a time by specifying two parameters: the quantity of the tempo

change and the time required to change. This simplifies and smoothes the process of changing the speed of

the tempo.

!Select the TMP TR (tempo track) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track(P.100) and press the

START/STOP button. The LED above the button will light up and the LCD display will show the Step

Recording display page.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE

TempTime

0 0

Tempo change quantity

Beat

Measure number

Tempo

Tempo change time

Data focus area

Location pointer

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1

TR2

CYMBAL

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CLICK

Data input

Beat ................................ Shows the pattern beat of the measure for the current location pointer position.

Tempo ............................ Shows the pattern tempo of the measure for the current location pointer position.

Tempo change quantity .. Shows the quantity of the tempo change entered into the current location pointer position.

Tempo change time ........ Shows the time required to change the tempo entered in the current location pointer position.

Measure number ............ Shows the measure number of the current location pointer position.

Data input ...................... Shows a “” when the current location pointer position contains tempo change data.

Location pointer ............. Indicates the location pointer position.

Data focus area area ....... Shows the pattern data in this measure with dots.

"Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the location pointer to the position enter the tempo

change data. The cursor can be moved by 1/16th note at a time.

You can also select the input position one measure at a time by moving the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

#Move the cursor to the tempo change quantity focus area using the Q cursor buttons and select

the tempo value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The value set in this focus area will be added or subtracted to the preset tempo value of the selected song.

Settings:

Tempo change quantity: -128 to +127

105

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

$Move the cursor to the tempo change time focus area and set the number of beats (time) required to reach

the tempo change value.

Settings:

Time required to change: 0 to 127 (beats)

%Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the next input position. You can move the

cursor one 1/16th note at a time.

&Repeat steps " to $ and continue to enter the tempo change data to the necessary positions.

'Press the START/STOP button to exit Step recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

Erasing a Mistake

To change the tempo change data that has been entered, simply use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor

to the focus area of the tempo change data and enter the new data.

You can also erase the tempo change of the current measure simply by pressing the ERASE button.

Real-time Recording (Track 1 and 2 only)

This is a recording method to record a rhythm part from a pad or a melody from a MIDI keyboard connected

to the DTX in real-time. You can record two sequence tracks: track 1 and track 2.

Select TR1 (track 1) or TR2 (track 2) according to step 3. Selecting a Recording Track (P.100) and set the

tempo or quantization value as required.

1 Setting the Tempo

Set the tempo for real-time recording. The value set here will be the initial tempo of the song.

!Press the TEMPO button or move the cursor to the tempo focus area using the Q cursor buttons.

"Set the tempo by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

Settings:

Tempo: [ = 30 to 299

You can change the tempo of a song which already has data. By using this function, you can change the default tempo of a song you have

completed.

2 Setting the Quantization

Set the quantization before recording to tracks 1 or 2. The quantization function automatically aligns notes

to the nearest specified beat. The quantization set here will be the minimum unit for the recorded data.

Move the cursor to the QUANT focus area and set the quantization value by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or

using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

106

Feature Reference — Song Record Mode

SONG

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

0 0

Settings:

Quantize: OFF, quarter note,

quarter note triplet, eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

The performance will be recorded exactly as played if the quantization is OFF. You can also assign the quantization afterwards (P.109).

Refer to P.84 for details on quantization.

3 Setting the First Measure

You can specify the first measure and start recording.

Use the FORWARD or REWIND button to move the cursor to the measure of the position and start

recording.

You can also move the cursor to the MEASURE focus area and select the measure by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

CYMBAL

TEMPO BEAT

MEASURE QUANT.

REALTIME

0 0

CLICK

4 Real-time Recording

Record a performance from an external MIDI keyboard in real-time.

!Press the START/STOP button and the LED above the button will flash once. The DTX will countdown

two measures before beginning to record, the MIDI data from the external MIDI keyboard.

CLICK

The LCD above the CLICK button will flash to the tempo when the DTX is counting the beat. The LEDs above both the CLICK button and the

START/STOP button will flash to the tempo when you are recording.

Refer to P.110 on how to select the voice or MIDI channel for tracks 1 and 2.

Beware that the data will replace the previous data and the previous data will be irretrievable.

"Press the START/STOP button to exit recording and the display will return to Song Play mode.

By entering an END mark, the pattern track recording will automatically stop at the mark.

Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

Recording a rhythm part

If you record a rhythm part (MIDI channel 10) to TR1 in real-time, the track will be muted when you mute the rhythm of the

pattern track using the RHYTHM button. It is recommended to use TR2 (track 2) when you are recording a rhythm part in

real-time. The rhythm part on TR2 can be muted using the RHYTHM button.

107

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode

Song Job Mode

This mode has various supporting functions to create a song: naming a recorded song, setting the voice

for each track, quantizing, copying, or clearing a song.

Entering Song Job Mode

Press the SONG button twice or press the SONG button once while in Song Play mode.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

InitSong

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

Select a user song in Song Play mode before entering the Song Job mode.

When the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter on the 7th page in Utility mode is “on”, the DTX will display the page you selected the

last time you edited. Your DTX will display the 1st page when the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter is “off”. Refer to P.116 for details

regarding the “JumpRcnt(jump to recent page)” parameter.

The Song Job Mode (page structure and operation)

The Song Job mode consists of the following 11 pages.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

InitSong

Function namePage number

!Select the page: Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons.

"Select the parameter: Use the Q cursor buttons.

#Set the value: Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

$Execute the function

Some pages may not require step 4.

108

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode

Functions of Each page

1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................................................ (P.108)

2 Quantize: quantization ........................................................................................... (P.109)

3 ClrTrack: clear track .............................................................................................. (P.109)

4 Clr Song: clear song ............................................................................................... (P.109)

5 PgmCh: select the voice for each channel .............................................................. (P.110)

6 VolCh (channel volume) ........................................................................................ (P.110)

7 PanCh (channel pan) .............................................................................................. (P.110)

8 PlayMode ................................................................................................................ (P.110)

9 B Lnr TR: bass linear track mode ........................................................................... (P.111)

10 Pat Mute: pattern track mute mode ........................................................................ (P.111)

11 SongName .............................................................................................................. (P.111)

The "6 VolCh (channel volume)" and "7 PanCh (channel pan)" are additional features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System

Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy

This copies a specific preset song or user song

to a different user song number. This is

convenient in creating a new song based on an

existing song.

!Choose the preset song or user song by

rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

CityDogs

"Press the START/STOP button to select the

CopyDest (copy destination) of the user

song.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopyDest

InitSong

#Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to choose the

number of the user song.

$Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

CopySong

Sure?y/n

%Press the +1/YES button to copy.

The display will return to the original (Copy

Song display page).

Press the -1/NO button to cancel a copy and

the display will return to the first page.

Settings:

Copy source: preset song (1 to 100), user song (101

to 130).

Copy destination: user song (101 to 130).

109

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode

2 Quantize (quantization)

This function quantizes the tracks (TR1 or TR2)

of the currently selected song. As described on

P.84, quantization automatically aligns a note to

the nearest specified beat.

!Select a track by pressing the TR1 or TR2

button and the LED above the track will

light up.

BASS

TMP TR

CHORD

CHO TR

RHYTHM

PAT TR

SOLO

TR1 TR2

CYMBALMISC.

SNARE KICK

"Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to set the

quantization.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

QUANT.

Quantize

Tr&Value

#Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

$Press the +1/YES button to quantize and the

display will return to the original Quantize

page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel the

quantize.

Settings:

Quantize: OFF, quarter note,

quarter note triplet,

eighth note,

eighth note triplet, 16th note,

16th note triplet

Once you quantize the track, the data is revised and is

irretrievable.

3 ClrTrack (clear track)

This clears all the data on the specified track

within the currently selected song.

!Press the track button you want to clear:

TR1, TR2, TMP TR, PAT TR, or CHO TR

and the LED above the track button will

light up.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

ClrTrack

SetTrack

SONG

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

#Press the +1/YES button to clear and the

display will return to the original ClrTrack

page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The

display will return to the first page.

4 Clr Song (clear song)

This clears all the data within the currently

selected user song.

!Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select a user song

or “ClearAll”.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Clr Song

InitSong

The “ClearAll” command is located after user song

number 130. You can clear all the user song by selecting

“ClearAll”.

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

#Press the +1/YES button to clear and the

display will return to the original Clear Song

page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel clear. The

display will return to the first page.

110

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode

5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel)

This sets the voice for each channel within the

currently selected song.

The relation between the channel and each

track is as shown in the following figure:

Ch1

Ch2

Ch3

Ch4

Ch5: Chord

Ch6: Chord

Ch7: Chord

Ch8

Ch9

Ch10: Rhythm

Ch11

Ch12

Ch13

Ch14

Ch15

Ch16

Track 1

Track 2

MIDI channels 5 to 7, 10 can be set in Pattern Play

mode (P.92), and 10 (highlighted above).

!Move the cursor to the channel display and

select the channel of the voice you want to

set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/

YES or -1/NO buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

PgmCh= 1

GrandPno

Program

change number

Channel focus

area

Voice name

"Move the cursor to the track display and

select the channel of the voice you want to

set with the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +/

YES or -1/NO buttons.

Settings:

Voice numbers: 0 to 127 (GM system level 1)

Refer to P.143 for details about the voice list.

6 VolCh (channel volume)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

7 PanCh (channel pan)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

8 PlayMode

This sets the Play mode of the song playback.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the Play mode.

The following two modes are available:

One Way ...... automatically stops the song after playing

once.

Repeat .......... repeats the song until it is stopped.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

PlayMode

=one Way

Settings:

Play mode: one Way, repeat

In order to apply this mode to a user song, it is

necessary to enter an END mark at the end of the pattern track

(P.101)

111

Feature Reference — Song Job Mode

9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode)

This sets the bass linear track mode ON or OFF.

The bass linear mode is a mode which enables

you to record a bass part in advance to TR 1 or

2 (tracks 1 or 2) to use for unique music

expressions featuring a bass line that cannot be

executed by combining the preset patterns.

By turning this mode ON, each pattern of the

BASS TR (bass track) is muted while the song is

playing. The BASS button mutes the channel

data of the bass part recorded in TR 1 or 2

(tracks 1 or 2).

At the same time, the TR 1 and 2 buttons will

not mute the channel of the bass part.

Keep this mode OFF when not in use.

Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO

buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

B Lnr TR

=off

Setting:

on, off

Refer to P.132 for details on the relation between the

MIDI channels and each part.

10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode)

This sets the pattern track mute mode ON or

OFF.

By turning this mode ON, the PAT TR (pattern

track) is muted while the song is playing. This

is used when you do not want to play back the

pattern track while you are playing back a

standard MIDI file through TR 1 or 2 (track 1 or

2). Keep this mode OFF when not in use.

Set the function ON or OFF by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES or -1/NO

buttons.

SONG

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Pat Mute

=off

Settings:

on, off

11 SongName

Use up to 8 letters to name the song.

The alphabet, number, or symbol to use is the

same as naming the drum kit. Refer to P.35 for

details.

Turning the power OFF while recording, erasing, or

copying, may cause irretrievable loss to ALL of the user data.

112

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

Utility Mode

This mode sets the general parameters which affect the entire DTX system.

Entering Utility Mode

Press the UTILITY button.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

DRUM

KIT

VOICE

TRIGGER

UTILITY

STORE

PATTERN

SONG

CHAIN

The Utility Mode (page structure and operation)

The Utility Mode has 5 sub-modes (1.SYSTEM, 9.MIDI, 20.EQ, 25.SEQ, and 36.MULTI). Each sub-mode

contains multiple display pages of parameter settings.

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

UTILITY

[ MIDI ]

UTILITY

[ EQ ]

UTILITY

[ SEQ ]

UTILITY

[ MULTI]

Parameter

Sub-mode

number

!Select the sub-mode by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to move the cursor to the display page within the sub-mode you have

selected.

#Set the parameter by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

Use the

cursor buttons to move the cursor to the appropriate focus area if there are multiple parameter focus areas on the diplay

page.

Any revision in Utility mode will directly change the settings of the DTX. There is no confirmation process or Store function in this mode.

$Press the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons and return to the 1st display page of the sub-mode (title page) and

rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select a different sub-mode. Display

pages for sub-modes 1.SYSTEM, 12.MIDI, 24.EQ, 29.SEQ, and 41.MULTI are the title pages that

represent 5 sub-modes with the multiple display pages listed on the next page.Furthermore, you can

return to the title page of the current category by pressing the UTILITY button.

113

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

Functions of Each Display Page

Overall system settings

1 SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................ (P.114): Title Page

2 EditMode ........................................................................................................... (P.114)

3 LinkMode .......................................................................................................... (P.115)

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) ..................................................................................... (P.115)

5 SldrMode (slider mode) .................................................................................... (P.116)

6 Bypass ............................................................................................................... (P.116)

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ....................................................................... (P.116)

8 FCoffset ............................................................................................................. (P.117)

9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output).................................................... (P.117)

10 Inc Func (increase function) ............................................................................. (P.117)

11 Dec Func (decrease function) ............................................................................ (P.117)

MIDI related settings

12 MIDI ............................................................................................................................... (P.117): Title Page

13 DeviceNo (device number) ................................................................................ (P.117)

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive)........................................................ (P.117)

15 Receive PC (receiving program change) ............................................................ (P.118)

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)

17 RecvCh10 PC (receiving MIDI data through channel 10) ................................. (P.118)

18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change) ............................................................... (P.118)

19 LocalClt (local control) ..................................................................................... (P.118)

20 DumpTime ........................................................................................................ (P.119)

21 MergeOut........................................................................................................... (P.119)

22 Dump Out (bulk data send) .............................................................................. (P.119)

23 P/C->KIT (program change table) .................................................................... (P.120)

Equalizer settings

24 EQ (equalizer) ................................................................................................................. (P.120): Title Page

25 Lo Mi Hi (gain: low, mid, high) ......................................................................... (P.121)

26 Lo Freq (low frequency) .................................................................................... (P.121)

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) ................................................................................. (P.121)

28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ................................................................................... (P.121)

CLICK and synchronization related settings

29 SEQ (sequencer) ............................................................................................................. (P.122): Title Page

30 Click Hi ............................................................................................................. (P.122)

31 ClickMid ............................................................................................................ (P.122)

32 Click Lo ............................................................................................................. (P.122)

33 ClickOut ............................................................................................................ (P.123)

34 PlyClick (play click) .......................................................................................... (P.123)

114

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

35 Tempo ............................................................................................................... (P.123)

36 Count................................................................................................................. (P.123)

37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................................................. (P.124)

38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................................................ (P.124)

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) .................................................................................... (P.125)

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ................................................................... (P.125)

Multi-timbre tone generator settings

41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ..................................................................................................... (P.126): Title Page

42 MastTune (master tune) .................................................................................... (P.126)

43 Program ............................................................................................................. (P.126)

44 Volume .............................................................................................................. (P.127)

45 Pan ..................................................................................................................... (P.127)

46 Pitch .................................................................................................................. (P.128)

47 Rev Send (reverb send) ..................................................................................... (P.128)

The "9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)," "10 Inc Func (increase function)," and "11 Dec Func (decrease function)" are additional

features of DTX version 2.0. Please refer to the System Upgrade Information Guide (included in this package) for details.

1 SYSTEM

The System sub-mode contains various

convenient functions which affect the entire

system. Select from 11 display pages using the

PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to change the

parameters which adjust the LCD display or

panel sliders.

Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[SYSTEM]

2 EditMode

This mode enables you to hide the pages of the

functions that are not frequently used in Drum

Kit Trigger Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit

mode.

Select the edit mode by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The following two modes are available.

easy .............. Display pages 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,

19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29 and 31

will not be displayed in Drum Kit Trigger

Edit mode. Pages 9, 12, 16, 17, 18, 19,

20, and 21 will not be displayed in Drum

Kit Voice Edit mode. The settings will still

function although the display pages are not

displayed.

advance......... Displays all pages.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

EditMode

=advance

Settings:

easy, advance

115

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

3 LinkMode

This function applies the trigger related data of

drum kit number 1 to any selected drum kit.

If the input data is unique to each drum kit,

it may be necessary to reconnect the pads.

By using LinkMode, you can always use the pad

velocity or note number assignment in the same

way as in drumkit 1 and play by changing the

drum voice assignments of the drum kits.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select LinkMode. The

following 2 modes are available.

global ..................... Always applies the following trigger

input setting data of drum kit

number 1. The data of the output

voice is not linked and therefore, it is

possible to set this mode

independently.

PAD Type, PAD Gain, Level Range, Velocity Range,

Velocity Curve, Self Rejection, Specified Rejection, Pad

Function, FS Function, FS MIDI Channel, FS Control-

change Number, FS HH Close-Velocity, FC Function, FC

MIDI Channel, FC Control-change Number, FC

Sensitivity, HH Control Input

indiv (individual) .. The trigger input data set for each

drum kit will be used.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

LinkMode

= global

Settings:

global, indiv

When this parameter is set to “global” and you edit a

drum kit other than drum kit number 1 in Drum Kit Trigger Edit

Mode, You will automatically change the contents of both that

drum kit and drum kit number 1.

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode)

This function enables you to select the input

jack number or MIDI note number by hitting a

pad when you are editing in Drum Kit Trigger

Edit mode or Drum Kit Voice Edit mode,

respectively.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select Learn mode. The

following 3 modes are available.

always ........... In Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode, the input

jack number of the pad that is connected

will appear on the LCD each time you play

a pad. In Drum Kit Voice Edit mode, the

MIDI note number assigned in Drum Kit

Trigger Edit mode will appear on the LCD

each time you play a pad.

w/shift .......... You can set the input jack number or MIDI

note number in the same manner as above

by playing a pad while holding SHIFT.

off ................. The Learn mode will not function. Select

the input jack number or MIDI note

number manually.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Lrn Mode

= always

Settings:

always, w/shift, off

116

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

5 SldrMode (slider mode)

The Slider mode changes the assignments of the

ACCOMP/SNARE/CYMBAL and CLICK/KICK/

MISC. volume sliders on the panel.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select Sldr mode. The

following 2 modes are available.

prctice (practice)

(practice mode) .... The sliders adjust the volume of

ACCOMP(accompaniment) and CLICK

(metronome sound), respectively. By

holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the

volume of SNARE and KICK.

live (mode) ......... The sliders adjust the volume of

SNARE and KICK, respectively. By

holding SHIFT, the sliders adjust the

volume of CYMBAL and MISC. (other

instruments).

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

SldrMode

=prctice

Settings:

prctice, live

6 Bypass

This function turns the Bypass on or off. When

the Bypass is on, no input will enter the DTX

from the connected pads. You will not be able

to produce voices or transmit MIDI note

numbers.

Use this function when you are setting your

drum kit with trigger pick-up devices, or when

you do not want to accidentally make a sound

while you are playing a pattern or song.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the Bypass on or off.

Be sure to turn the Bypass off when you are

using the DTX as a regular drum kit trigger

module.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Bypass

= off

Settings:

off, on

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page)

This function enables you to display the page

last selected in the previous edit of each Edit

mode. This is convenient when you are using

edit modes with many display pages such as the

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode or the Utility

mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn JumpRcnt on or off.

on ................. The display page last selected in the

previous edit will appear when you enter

each Edit mode.

off ................. The first page of each mode will appear

when you enter each Edit mode.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

JumpRcnt

Page= on

Settings:

off, on

117

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

8 FCoffset

This sets the value of the data sent by a foot

controller connected to the H.HAT CONTROL

jack on the rear panel to a + (plus) or - (minus)

level. For example, you can delicately adjust

the ouput MIDI velocity by stepping on the hi-

hat foot controller and closing the hi-hat.

Set the offset value using the Data Scroll Wheel

or the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

FCoffset

= 0

Settings:

-16 to +16

9 Ma to Aux (main output to auxiliary output)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

10 Inc Func (increase function)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

11 Dec Func (decrease function)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

12 MIDI

The MIDI sub-mode contains various MIDI

settings. Select from 23 display pages using the

PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. The settings are to

receive or send MIDI data between the DTX and

an external MIDI device.

Move from this title page to other sub-modes by rotating

the Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ MIDI ]

13 DeviceNo (device number)

This sets the MIDI device number. The device

number of both the DTX and the external

device should be assigned to the same number

to receive or transmit system exclusive messages

such as the parameter change and bulk data.

Choose the number by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

DeviceNo

= 1

Settings:

1 to 16

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive

data)

This enables the DTX to receive system

exclusive messages when you are receiving a

bulk dump.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. When the function is on, it will receive

system exclusive messages. Turn the function

off when you do not want to receive system

exclusive messages.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Receive

SysX= on

Settings:

off, on

118

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

15 Receive PC (receiving program change

data)

This enables or disables the DTX to received

MIDI program change.

Set this function on when you want to change

the drum kit number automatically or by using

an external MIDI device.

Set the program change data receiving parameter of

channel 10 on the 14th display page of this mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. When the function is on, it will receive

MIDI program change. Turn the function off

when you are not receiving.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Receive

PC= on

Settings:

off, on

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving MIDI channel

message through channel 10)

This enables or disables the DTX to receive

MIDI channel messages through channel 10.

Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set

this parameter to play DTX drum kits

automatically or by using an external MIDI

device.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. When the function is on, channel 10 will

receive MIDI channel messages. Turn the

function off when you are not receiving.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

RecvCh10

All= on

Settings:

off, on

Set the parameters to receive program change data from

channel 10 on the 17th display page.

17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change

through channel 10)

This enables or disables the DTX to receive program

change messages through MIDI channel 10.

Channel 10 is the drum part of the DTX. Set

the parameters to switch the drum kits in the

DTX automatically or by using an external MIDI

device. It is also necessary to set the program

change receive parameter of the 15th display

page “on” in order to enable the settings of this

parameter.

Go to the 23th display page to match the program

change number to the drum kit you want to switch. Refer to P.

120 for further details.

Turn the parameter on or off by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/

NO buttons. MIDI channel 10 will be able to

receive program change messages when the

parameter is on. Set the parameter off when it

is not necessary to receive the messages.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

RecvCh10

PC= on

Settings:

off, on

18 SendHH (send hi-hat control change)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

19 LocalCtl (local control)

This function turns Local Control on or off.

When the Local Control is off, the flow of MIDI

signals triggered by connected pads is

disconnected from the tone generator of the

DTX and can only transmit from MIDI OUT

(you will not be able to hear the DTX tone

generator). This enables you to control the tone

generator of the DTX from an external MIDI

device connected to MIDI IN.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. Turn the function on in normal operation,

otherwise the DTX will not output the signals

from the output jacks (no sound).

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

LocalCtl

= on

Settings:

off, on

119

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

20 DumpTime

This sets the length of intervals between the

packets of data sent by Bulk Data Send. The

intervals can be adjusted to the capacity of the

external receiving device and prevent data

overflow.

Set the dump time by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

The time can be set from 50 ms to 300 ms by an

increment of 50 ms.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

DumpTime

= 100ms

Settings:

50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300 (ms)

21 MergeOut

This sets the MIDI Merge function on or off.

When this function is on, it is possible to mix

data from an external MIDI device connected to

the MIDI IN with internal MIDI data and output

the mixed MIDI data.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MergeOut

= off

Settings:

off, on

22 Dump Out (bulk data send)

If you are using the Yamaha MIDI Data Filer

MDF2 or an external device such as a sequencer

that can receive exclusive messages, use this

function to store or backup the patterns, songs,

chains, drum kits, or system data by sending the

bulk data to the device.

Properly connect the external MIDI device enabling it to

receive the bulk data. Read the manual to set up the device.

!Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/

YES and -1/NO buttons to select the type of

bulk data that will be sent from the following

types:

all data .......... All the data in the DTX.

system .......... System data.

cur DKIT ...... The data of the drum kit currently selected

in Drum Kit Play mode.

all DKIT........ All the drum kit data.

curCHAIN .... The data of the chain currently selected in

Chain Play mode.

allCHAIN ..... All the chain data.

cur SONG ..... The data of the song currently selected in

Song Play mode.

all SONG ...... All the song data.

curPATRN .... The data of the pattern currently selected

in Pattern Play mode.

allPATRN ..... All the pattern data.

QY PATRN ... Outputs the pattern data currently selected

in Pattern Play mode in QY20/22 format.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

all data

120

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

"Press the START/STOP button and the LCD

will display “Sure? y/n.”

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

Sure?y/n

#Press the +1/YES button to send bulk data.

The LCD will display “complete” for a

moment when the operation is completed

and the display will return to the original

Dump Out display page.

Press the -1/NO button to cancel the bulk

data operation.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Dump Out

complete

Receiving Bulk Data

You can send DTX data stored in an external device

back to the DTX by using bulk data reception.

! When the pattern or song is not playing, send

bulk data from an external device.

" When the DTX starts to receive bulk data, the

following screen will appear on the LCD.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Bulk in

Complete

# When the DTX has completed receiving all the

data, the following screen will appear on the

LCD.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Bulk in

Complete

$ To return to the original display (before

receiving bulk data), press any button or key.

It is necessary to set the DTX to receive exclusive

messages (P.117). It is also necessary to match the

device number of the external device to the device

number of the DTX (P.117).

23 P/C➔KIT (program change table)

This determines the program change number

that will be used to change the drum kit

number from an external MIDI device or with in

the DTX.

!Move the cursor to the program change

number using the Q cursor buttons

and set the program change number by

rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using the

+1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the drum kit number and

select the drum kit number by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and

-1/NO buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " and assign each

program change number to the drum kits.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

P/C->KIT

1-> 16

Program change

number

Drum kit number

Settings:

Program change number: 1 to 128

Drum kit number: off, 1 to 64

24 EQ (equalizer)

The EQ sub-mode controls the internal

equalizer settings. Select between this page and

the 28th page using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄

buttons. Adjust the quality of the entire sound

output from the DTX using the equalizer page

featuring parametric type settings of 3 frequency

ranges: LOW, MID, and HIGH.

Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ EQ ]

121

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

25 Lo Mi Hi (gain)

Set the gain to 3 frequency ranges: low, middle,

and high. It is possible to boost or decrease the

selected range using this function.

Move the cursor to the Lo, Mi, or Hi focus area

using the Q cursor buttons and set the

gain by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons. The positive

(plus “+”) values boost the range and the

negative (minus “-”) values decrease the range.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Lo Mi Hi

+0 +0 +0

HighMiddleLow

Settings:

The following values can be set to each Lo, Mi, or Hi focus

area.

-6 to 0 to +6

26 Lo Freq (low frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the

low frequency range of gain control.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Lo Freq

F= 100Hz

Settings:

32Hz to 2.0 kHz

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the

middle frequency range of gain control.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Mid Freq

F= 800Hz

Settings:

100Hz to 10 kHz

28 Hi Freq (high frequency)

This function sets the center frequency of the

high frequency range of gain control.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the center frequency.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Hi Freq

F=2.0kHz

Settings:

500 to 16 kHz

122

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

29 SEQ (sequencer)

The SEQ sub-mode contains the settings related

to the CLICK and synchronization. Select the

parameters between this page and the 40th page

using the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons. This

function is mainly used to synchronize the

metronome or external MIDI device.

Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ SEQ ]

30 Click Hi

This function sets the sound of the accent click

(the click at the beginning of each measure) of

the metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of

the sound you want to use. Check the sound

by pressing the CLICK button to play the

metronome.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Click Hi

Note= 22

Settings:

Note number: 0-127

Note that the sounds used for the CLICK (hi, mid, low)

may differ depending on the currently selected drum kit since

the voices assigned to the MIDI note numbers are different.

Refer to the drum kit list (P.148) for the voice assignment of

each note number.

31 Click Mid

This function sets the sound of the normal click

(the click of each quarter note) of the

metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of

the sound you want to use. Check the sound

by pressing the CLICK button to play the

metronome.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

ClickMid

Note= 24

Settings:

Note number: 0-127

32 Click Lo

This function sets the sound of other clicks (the

clicks set to notes of finer quantization) of the

metronome.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to select the note number of

the sound you want to use. Check the sound

by pressing the CLICK button to play the

metronome.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Click Lo

Note= 23

Settings:

Note number: 0-127

123

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

33 ClickOut

This function sets the destination output of the

CLICK. For example, you can set separate

outputs for the click and song, and the

drummer can use the click as a guide click

when playing to a song created by the DTX in a

live performance or studio recording.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the output jack.

Select the jack from the following:

mainL+R ....... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack

and OUTPUT R jack on the rear panel.

aux L+R ........ Output from the AUX OUT L jack and

AUX OUT R jack on the rear panel.

main L .......... Output from the OUTPUT L (MONO) jack

on the rear panel.

main R .......... Output from the OUTPUT R jack on the

rear panel.

aux L ............ Output from the AUX OUT L jack on the

rear panel.

aux R ............ Output from the AUX OUT R jack on the

rear panel.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

ClickOut

=mainL+R

Settings:

mainL+R, aux L+R, main L, main R, aux L, aux R

34 PlyClick (play click)

This is an additional feature of DTX version 2.0.

Please refer to the System Upgrade Information

Guide (included in this package).

35 Tempo

This function sets the tempo of a pattern to

either change each time to its default tempo, or

remain unchanged at a set tempo when the

pattern is switched in Pattern Play mode.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the tempo. The

following two parameter settings are available.

pattern .......... Changes the tempo of the pattern to its

default tempo when the pattern is

switched.

global ............ Tempo remains unchanged at a set tempo

when the pattern is switched.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Tempo

=pattern

Settings:

pattern, global

36 Count

This function turns the countdown before

playing or recording a pattern or song, on or

off.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. The countdown will be delivered when the

function is on.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Count

= off

Settings:

off, on

124

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

37 GrvCheck (groove check)

This sets the Groove Check mode from the

following two types:

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter. The

following two types are available.

single ............ The DTX shows how loose the data

received from a pad or drum is from the

beat in clock units. This is convenient to

check the timing of a snare or kick. The

minimum unit value of the groove check

function depends on the quantization

setting of the click.

average ......... The LCD diaplays the average percentage

of the beat timing against the precise beat

of the groove check. 100% stands for 1/

16th note quantization. This enables you

to check the groove of the entire drum set.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

GrvCheck

= single

Settings:

single, average

Refer to P.97 for further details on the groove check

function.

38 Break TB (break top/bottom)

This function enables you to insert a break into

the rhythm in Pattern Play mode. (Only the

rhythm of the specified measure(s) will be

muted.) Set the length of the break by selecting

the number of measures.

!First select the pattern in Pattern Play mode

and enter this page.

"Move the cursor to T (TOP) and B

(BOTTOM) using the Q cursor

buttons and set the number of the measure

to break (mute) by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons. T and B have the following

functions:

T (TOP) .............. Mutes the selected measures of the

rhythm part from the beginning of the

pattern.

B (BOTTOM) ...... Mute the selected measures of the

rhythm part from the end of the

pattern.

For example, if you want to mute the rhythm

part of the 1st and 4th measures of a 4-measure

pattern, set the number in the T and B focus

areas to “1”.

4-measure pattern

mute mute

T=1 B=1

1234

Set the T and B focus areas to “0” if you are not muting

any of the measures in this pattern.

#Press the START/STOP button to exit this

function and the mute settings will be

effective on the currently selected pattern.

This function will affect all patterns, and therefore the

result may not be what you intend if you apply the same setting

to a pattern with a different number of measures.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Break TB

T=0 B=0

B (BOTTOM)

T (TOP)

Settings:

T (TOP): 0 to 8

B (BOTTOM): 0 to 8

125

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control)

This sets the DTX to transmit or receive system

real-time messages (start, continue, stop).

When this function is enabled, you can control

the external sequencers or rhythm machines

using the START/STOP button on the DTX

panel as well as control the DTX pattern or

song playback from an external sequencer.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to turn the function on or

off. When the function is on, it will transmit or

receive the system real-time messages. Turn the

function off when not in use.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MIDIctrl

= on

Settings:

off, on

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode)

This synchronizes the DTX with the external

MIDI devices such as the rhythm machine.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the SyncMode. The

following two modes are available:

int ................. Enables you to start/stop/continue/tempo

and synchronize the playback of an

external MIDI device from the DTX.

ext ................ Enables you to control the start/stop/

continue/tempo and synchronize the

pattern or song playback of the DTX from

an external MIDI device.

Set the function to int if you are not playing in sync with

an external MIDI device.

It is necessary to first enable the transmission/reception

of System Real-time Message (start/stop/continue).

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

SyncMode

= int

Settings:

int, ext

126

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

41 MULTI (multi-timbre)

This MULTI sub-mode contains the DTX

settings used as a multi-timbre tone generator.

Use the PAGE¡ or PAGE⁄ buttons to select

between this page and the 47th page.

If you are using the DTX as a tone generator, you are

required to connect the keyboard or computer (sequencer) to

the DTX using MIDI cable(s). Refer to P.129 for details.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

UTILITY

[ MULTI]

Move from this page to other sub-modes by rotating the

Data Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

42 MastTune (master tune)

This function sets the master tuning of the tone

generator. Fine tuning can be done by

approximately 1.2 cent increments or

decrements.

Rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use the +1/YES

and -1/NO buttons to set the parameter.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

MastTune

= 0

Settings:

-64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit= 1.171875 cent)

43 Program

This assigns (normal) keyboard voices to each

part (1 to 16). Each voice will correspond to

the program change numbers 1 to 128 (GM

system level 1).

The drum kit currently selected in Drum Kit Play mode is

assigned to part 10.

!Move the cursor and select the part number

by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or using

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

"Move the cursor to the voice name and select

the voice you want to use.

#Repeat steps ! and " and assign a voice to

each part.

Refer to P.147 for details on voice list.

It is also possible to set a part other than 10 to the drum

kit. A drum kit is available after program change number 128.

When this is set to a drum kit (since rhythm instruments are not

assigned to all of the note numbers) the LCD will display "No

Voice" on the LCD when the data transmitted from an external

MIDI device cannot be generated by the DTX.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Program

GrandPno

Voice name

Part number

Settings:

Program change numbers 1 to 128 and a drum kit can

be assigned to parts 1 to 16.

127

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

44 Volume

This adjusts the volume of the voice assigned to

the part. Balance the volume of each part when

you are using the DTX as a multi-timbre tone

generator.

!Move the cursor to the part number focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

part number.

"Move the cursor to the volume (focus area)

and set the volume by rotating the Data

Scroll Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the volume for

each part.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Volume

= 100

Voice name

Part number

Settings:

The following volume parameters can be set for parts 1

to 16.

0 to 127

45 Pan

This sets the Pan position for each voice

assigned to each part. This defines the pan

position of the voice between left and right in a

stereo image.

!Move the cursor to the part number focus

area rotae the Data Scroll Wheel or use the

+1/YES and

-1/NO buttons to select the part number.

"Move the cursor to the pan focus area and

set the panning by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the pan of each

part.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Pan

= 0

Pan

Part number

Settings:

The following pan position can be set for the parts 1 to

16.

L7 (=far left) to 0 (=center) to R7 (=far right)

128

Feature Reference — Utility Mode

46 Pitch

This sets the pitch for each voice assigned to

each part. Tune the pitch either by semitones

(coarse) or by approximately 1.2 cent

increments (fine).

!Move the cursor to the part number. Focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

part number.

"Move the cursor to the coarse tune focus

area or the fine tune focus area and set the

pitch by rotating the Data Scroll Wheel or

using the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the pitch of

each part.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Pitch

C 0F 0

Coarse tune

Fine tune

Part number

Settings:

The following settings can be set for the parts 1 to 16.

C (coarse tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63

(unit=semitone)

F (fine tune): -64 to 0 (normal pitch) to +63 (unit=Ca.

1.2 cent)

47 Rev Send (Reverb Send)

This sets the reverb send level for each voice

assigned to each part.

!Move the cursor to the part number focus

area and rotate the Data Scroll Wheel or use

the +1/YES and -1/NO buttons to select the

number.

"Move the cursor to the level focus area and

set the level by rotating the Data Scroll

Wheel or using the +1/YES and -1/NO

buttons. The larger the value, the larger the

send level.

#Repeat steps ! and " to set the reverb send

level of each part.

MISC.

SNARE

KICK

CYMBAL

Rev Send

= 40

Reverb send

level

Part number

Settings:

The following send level can be set for the parts 1 to 16.

0 to 127.

The actual reverb send level of the drum kit in part 10 is

the level indicated here multiplied by the reverb send level on

the 5th display page of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode.

129

Appendix — MIDI

MIDI

The DTX contains various MIDI functions. By using the MIDI functions you can play or control external

synthesizers, computers or sequencers connected to the DTX by hitting connected pads or drum sets with

triggers and create a large music system configuration. This can be used in various situations such as live

performances, parties and events.

This section provides basic knowledge regarding the MIDI functions as well as ways to actually use the

MIDI functions of the DTX.

Basic Information

The MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) world standard protocol was developed by a consortium of

musical instrument hardware and software manufacturers. It is a kind of common language to permit

performance and other data to be transferred and acknowledged between different instruments or even

instruments made by different manufacturers. Different electronic instruments developed in different

environments can communicate to each other with this common language.

MIDI standard instruments transmit various performance commands or settings in the form of “messages”

consisting of digital data (data that is converted into numbers). There are 2 categories of messages: a channel

message and a system message. A channel message refers to the data regarding a keyboard note or musical

expression (dumper pedal or volume) that can be transmitted through each designated MIDI channel. A

system message refers to the data that enables multiple instruments linked together to function as a MIDI

system.

The DTX is equipped with a [MIDI OUT] channel to send out these messages to other MIDI devices and a

[MIDI IN] channel to receive messages from other MIDI devices. Use exclusive MIDI cables to connect the

devices between the [MIDI IN] and [MIDI OUT] channels.

SNARE

MIDI

CONTRAST OUT IN

This jack is used to

send out MIDI signals. This jack is used to

receive MIDI signals.

You can buy MIDI cables at music instruments stores that carry electronic instruments. The length of the cables vary from 15 m to 30 cm

depending on the purpose.

MIDI Connection

Check and see if the direction of the plug pins match the jack and plug in straightly. Connect the MIDI OUT

jack of the device that will send a MIDI signal to the MIDI IN jack of the device that will receive a MIDI

signal.

The types of MIDI data that can be handled may differ depending on the MIDI device, and you may only be able to control the common

functions between a set of MIDI devices. Use the MIDI Implementation Chart (P.168) to look up the common MIDI functions.

MIDI INMIDI OUT

MIDI OUTMIDI IN

DTX

Tone

generator

External

MIDI device

130

Appendix — MIDI

MIDI Functions on the DTX

As mentioned above, MIDI messages can be divided into a channel message and a system message. The

following section describes the kind of data can be transmitted in these messages along with general MIDI

knowledge and explanations.

In order to transmit MIDI data from the DTX, it is necessary to set the various MIDI function parameters on

the display pages in Utility mode (P.112). Reference pages are indicated by each item to look for details on

how to operate or set each message.

Channel Message

You can transmit the following channel messages from or to the DTX. In order to transmit a channel

message, it is necessary to match the MIDI transmission channel (P.42, 92, 110, 118) of the DTX to channel

where the external MIDI device is connected.

Key Data

This data is the most important data concerning the performance of the DTX and in general these messages

are sent when a MIDI keyboard or synthesizer is played. It is also possible to send this data from an external

keyboard or sequencer and play the DTX. In the opposite manner, it is also possible to play a pad connected

to the DTX, a pattern or song and send these messages to play other external synthesizers.

Note On ........ Generated when a key is pressed.

Velocity ........ Shows how hard the key is struck.

Note Off........ Generated when a key is released.

The DTX contains drum voices and keyboard voices. Each drum voice (drum or percussion sound) is assigned to MIDI

note numbers 0 to 127 and each keyboard voice is assigned to the half notes of MIDI note numbers 0 to 127. For

example, if you play an external MIDI keyboard and send the key data of note number 60, you will hear the drum voice

(drum or percussion sound) assigned to note number 60 on the DTX if it is a drum voice and note number 60 (or C3) if

it is a keyboard voice. Also, if you are sending key data from the DTX by playing a pad connected, you can also send

the note number data assigned to the input of the pad connected to an external device

To correctly send key data from the DTX is it necessary to match the MIDI send channel to the channel of the external

MIDI device on the 13th display page of Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.42) Also, if you want to play a drum voice on

the DTX from an external MIDI keyboard, it is necessary to set the send channel of the external MIDI keyboard to 10.

Program Change

This data is used to switch the tone. When you switch a drum kit on the DTX, the numbers assigned to each

drum kit are sent. You can also switch the drum kit on the DTX by sending these messages from other

keyboards or sequencers.

In order to send program change data, it is necessary to assign the program change number on the 16th

display pages of Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.59). Also, in order to receive program change data, it is

necessary to set the parameter on the 15th display page of Utility mode to “receive” (P.118).

131

Appendix — MIDI

Control Change

This data is used to enhance your musical expression by conveying commands such as for the dumper pedal,

effects and volume. Each function has a control number and the general value variable for each control

ranges between 0 and 127. The DTX tone generator can receive various control change data. It is also

possible to use the foot controller to send control change data to an external MIDI device. The following are

examples of well known control change data.

Ctrl.No.001 Modulation ....... Used to adjust the depth of a vibrato.

Ctrl.No.007 Volume ............. Used to adjust the volume.

Ctrl.No.010 Pad ................... Used to adjust the pan position (left or right position in a stereo image).

Ctrl.No.011 Expression ....... Used to adjust the volume of a musical expression.

Ctrl.No.064 Dumper Pedal .. Used to set the effect when the dumper pedal of a piano is stepped on.

Ctrl.No.91 Reverb Depth ..... Used to adjust the depth of an effect (reverb) of a connected synthesizer or MIDI tone generator.

In order to send control change data using a foot controller, it is necessary to assign the channel of the

control change type you are sending on the 23rd display page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.47).

Refer to the MIDI Implementation Chart on P.168 for details on the control change data of the DTX.

Pitch Bend

This data sends the pitch bend data of a pitch bend wheel normally equipped on a synthesizer that bends the

pitch up or down. The DTX tone generator can receive pitch bend data. You can also send pitch bend data

to an external MIDI device using a foot controller (P.47).

System Message

The DTX transmits the following system messages. The system message can be transmitted regardless of the

MIDI channel settings.

Real-time Message

This data synchronizes multiple MIDI devices. You can start, continue or stop an external rhythm machine

or sequencer by pressing the START, PAUSE, or STOP buttons on the DTX, or synchronize a pattern or song

on the DTX using the MIDI clock from an external device.

In order to transmit start, continue or stop data, it is necessary to set the System Real-time Message parameter

on the 39th display page in Utility mode to “transmit”. It is also necessary to set the parameters regarding

synchronized performance on the 40th display page in Utility mode.

Exclusive Message

This data is mainly used to exchange system or tone data exclusive to a specific device. You can use the

exclusive message to store the drum kit, pattern, or song data on your DTX by sending the bulk data to an

external device such as a sequencer or computer, or recall such data to the DTX from the sequencer or

computer.

Refer to P.119 for details on the transmission of exclusive messages.

132

Appendix — MIDI

Using the MIDI Functions

Nowadays, the ways to use MIDI functions are widely diversified and differ by MIDI device or musician. The

following are simple case studies and hints on how to use the DTX in a MIDI system. The rest depends on

your original ideas.

Using the DTX as a Computer Music Tone Generator

The word “Computer Music” has been used for a long time, and in this age of personal computers, the word

MIDI or the production of music using MIDI has now become a generic term.

Most of the music produced now generally use MIDI tone generators on personal computer or sequencer

software because of the large number of sounds or parts (number of channels that can be played at the same

time) that can be released simultaneously. The recent trend in particular is to use XG and GM (General

MIDI) standards which provide common formats for tones to ease the transmission of MIDI song data and

provide the compatibility to playback the original tones. The DTX is equipped with both GM standards.

The following illustration is an example of how to connect and use the DTX as a tone generator in a system

configuration using such computers or MIDI music production systems.

The DTX has various functions to receive MIDI data, and it is possible to think of many ways to use this with

the functions of external keyboards or sequence software.

By connecting the DTX according to the following illustration, it is possible to play the DTX using a

programming keyboard (to enter the MIDI data) or use the DTX as a tone generator to play the MIDI data

from a computer. As mentioned above, the DTX tone generator complies to the GM standards known as the

standard of computer music. The DTX is also equipped with the capability to play 32 sounds at one time

enabling you to play instrument parts (up to 16 parts) at one time. You can also set the volume and pan of

each part easily (P.127). The DTX also complies to control change or program change data used frequently

in MIDI song data enabling you to preserve compatibility with other MIDI data. The DTX has the multi-tone

generator functions and compatibility to produce computer music.

Furthermore, it is necessary to set the sequencer or MIDI keyboard send channel to channel numbers 1 to 16

for each part for the DTX to be able to receive the key data of each part correctly.

MIDI keyboard

DTX

MIDI

interface

MIDI OUT

MIDI IN

MIDI OUT

Personal computer

Parts and Voices

Part

Voices

to use

MIDI

channel

Melody

and others

Keyboard

voice

Keyboard

voice

Drum voice

Chord

Bass

Melody

and others

Drum (rhythm)

Melody

and others

It is necessary to prepare a MIDI interface and sequence software that works with the computer or keyboard you are using.

133

Appendix — MIDI

Using the DTX as a MIDI Interface

The trigger response of the DTX is fast enough to serve as a MIDI trigger interface.

By playing a pad or drum with a trigger sensor connected to the DTX as in the following illustration, the DTX

will send the Key On or Key Off data of the note number (P.40) set to each input. It is possible to overlay

tone modules from external tone generators or sampler sounds on the DTX sounds to create a thick sound.

Also, by switching the drum kits, you can send program change data (P.120).

It is necessary to set the MIDI send channel to match the channel of the external MIDI device so that the DTX

correctly receives the key data (P.42, 92, 110, 118).

MIDI OUT

DTX

Tone generator modules

MIDI IN

Using the DTX in Live Performances

The next illustration shows how to connect the DTX to external tone generator modules or sequencers to

control them and create a large scale configuration for live performances.

For example, by using a pad or foot switch connected to the DTX, you can start or stop a MIDI real-time

message (P.125) thereby being able to synchronize a music system on a personal computer to a song on the

DTX and conduct a solo live performance. By using the MIDI patch bay, you can play an external synthesizer

(using MIDI note send signals) over a song from the DTX or the playing of your pad and produce a thicker

sound. Use the chain function of the DTX to create a chain of drum kits in a designated order in advance to

the song you will be playing at a live performance. It is also better if you set the reverb (P.55) for each voice

when you are creating a drum kit to improve the music expression when playing real-time in a live

performance.

DTX

MIDI

interface

Personal computer

MIDI

patch bay

Tone generator

Synthesizer Synthesizer

– –

134

Appendix — MIDI

MIDI Data Format

1 Channel Message

The channel message for MIDI channel 10 will not be received if

the “RecvCh10 All” (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set to

“off”.

1.1 Key On or Key Off

Sends and receives data.

Receive note range: C2 to G8

Velocity range: 1 to 127 (note on only)

1.2 Control Change

1.2.1 0 bank select MSB

Sends and receives data.

data = 0: (normal) keyboard voice

data = 127: drum voice

The data will not be processed unless program change data is

received.

1.2.2 1 modulation

Sends and receives data.

1.2.3 6 data entry

Sends and receives data. Used to specify RPN data.

1.2.4 7 main volume

Sends and receives data.

1.2.5 10 pan

Sends and receives data.

0 is the far left of a stereo image and 127 is the far right of a stereo

image.

1.2.6 11 expression

Sends and receives data.

1.2.7 64 hold 1

Sends and receives data.

1.2.8 71 harmonic content

Sends and receives data.

1.2.9 72 release time

Sends and receives data.

1.2.10 73 attack time

Sends and receives data.

1.2.11 74 brightness

Sends and receives data.

1.2.12 84 portamento control

Sends and receives data.

1.2.13 91 effect1 depth

Sends and receives data.

1.2.14 100, 101 data increment/decrement

Sends and receives data.

1.2.15 RPN

$00/$00 pitch bend sensitivity: Receive only.

$00/$01 fine tuning: Receive only.

$00/$02 coarse tuning: Receive only.

$71/$71 NULL: Receive only.

1.3 Channel Mode Message

1.3.1 120 all sound off

Mutes all the sounds currently playing through the specified

channel.

1.3.2 121 reset all controllers

Sets the following controller values back to its initial value:

pitchbend, modulation, expression, hold1, portament control,

RPN number

1.3.3 123 all note off

Turns off all the notes of the specified channels currently on.

They will however, not be muted unless “hold 1” is turned off.

1.3.4 124 omni off

Executes the same process as “all note off”.

1.3.5 125 omni on

Executes the same process as “all note off”.

1.3.6 126 mono

Executes the same process as “all sound off”.

1.3.7 127 poly

Executes the same process as “all sound off”.

1.4 Program Change

When the Recv Ch10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set

to “off”, the DTX will not receive program change data.

When the RecvCh10 PC (P.118) parameter in Utility mode is set

to “off”, the DTX will not receive MIDI channel 10 program

change data.

When the DTX receives a "GM system ON" or "XG system ON"

message from an external device, it will only receive the following

drum voice program change numbers:

No: 1, 2, 9, 17, 25, 26, 33, 41, 49

When the DTX receives a "DTX system ON" signal, the program

numbers received, will not be limited to the above.

1.5 Pitch Bend

Sends and receives data.

1.6 Channel Aftertouch

Does not send or receive data.

1.7 Polyphonic Aftertouch

Does not send or receive data.

2 System Exclusive Message

When the Receive SysX (P.117) parameter in Utility mode is set to

“off”, the DTX will not receive system exclusive messages.

The DTX will not receive system exclusive messages that do not

match the device number set in the DeviceNo. (P.117) parameter

in Utility mode (with exceptions).

The next section is based on the following notations:

●Hexadecimal expressions are used for numbers.

●The contents in { } are repeated more than once.

●The contents in “ “ are ASCII characters.

●“n” stands for device number.

●“ss ss” indicates the upper 7 bits and the lower 7 bits of the data

following directly after up to “csum (check sum)”.

●“csum” indicates the lower 7 bits of the supplementary value: 2

of the sum of the data after “ss ss” up to “csum”.

135

Appendix — MIDI

2.1 Parameter Change

Receives only.

2.1.1 GM system ON

F0 7E 7F 09 01 F7

Sets all the data except the MIDI master tuning data to its initial

value.

2.1.2 XG system ON

F0 43 1n 4C 00 00 7E 00 F7

Executes the same process as GM system ON.

2.1.3 DTX system ON

F043 7D in "DT" 7F F7

Cancells the program change limitations of the drum channel.

2.1.4 identify request F0 7E 0n 06 01 F7

Sends identify reply.

2.1.5 MIDI master volume

F0 7F 7F 04 01 XX mm F7

Ignores “XX”. “mm” is the volume.

2.1.6 MIDI master tune

F0 43 1n 27 30 00 00 mm II cc F7

The values of “mm (MSB)” and “II (LSB)” (unit=Ca. 1.2 cent).

2.2 Bulk Dump

Sends and receives data. All the data except the system data is

converted into 1 or 2 byte ASCII characters and transmitted.

2.2.1 system

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “SYST” data csum}F7

2.2.2 all drumkit

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alDK” data csum}F7

2.2.3 one drumkit

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuDK” data csum}F7

2.2.4 all chain

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alCH” data csum}F7

2.2.5 one chain

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuCH” data csum}F7

2.2.6 all pattern

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alPA” data csum}F7

2.2.7 one pattern

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuPA” data csum}F7

2.2.8 all song

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “alSO” data csum}F7

2.2.9 one song

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuSO” data csum}F7

2.2.10 one stack

F043 7D On {ss ss “DTX” “cuST” data csum}F7

2.2.11 QY pattern

F043 7D On ss ss {“LM 0086” “PT” data}csum F7

2.2.12 identify reply

Sends only.

F0 7E 0n 06 02 43 00 4C 6B 07 mm 00 00 00 F7

“mm” stands for the version number of the software.

2.3 Dump Request

Receives only.

F0 43 7D 2n “DTX” “cccc” F7

The compliant bulk dump is sent to the “cccc” area.

3 Realtime Message

Sends and receives data.

3.1 timing clock

Synchronizes with the timing clock received when the SyncMode

(P.125) in Utility mode is set to “ext”.

3.2 start, continue, stop

If the MIDIctrl (P.125) parameter in Utility mode is set to “off”,

the DTX will not receive start, continue or stop data.

3.3 active sensing

Once active sensing data has been received, if no MIDI data is

subsequently received for longer than an interval of approximately

300 msec, the DTX will mute all the sounds.

Send the messages within an interval of approximately 300 msec.

136

Appendix — Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

The DTX is Not Making a Sound or a Triggered Sound

● Make sure the pads and triggers are connected correctly to the input jacks of the DTX (P.9).

● Make sure the connectors from the DTX OUTPUT jack (and NOT the AUX OUT jack) are plugged correctly to the

input jacks of the amplifier or mixer (P.10).

● Raise the volume by using the volume slider (P.31).

● Make sure the input level is displayed on the LCD when you play the pad or drum with a trigger (P.33).

● Raise the minimum value of the level range (P.37).

● Make sure the outport settings of the voice is not “AUX OUT” (P.58).

● Make sure the Utility Bypass mode is OFF (P.116).

● Make sure the Volume parameter on the 44th page in Utility mode is not “0”. The drum part should be channel

10 (P.127).

● Check the Local Control on the 19th page in Utility mode. The Local Control should be “on” (P.118).

● Check the cables to see if there is a short.

The External Tone Generator is Not Making a Sound

● Make sure the MIDI connectors are correctly connected (P.129).

● Make sure the MIDI channels match the input jack numbers of the connected external devices (P.42, 92, 110,

118).

● Make sure the value of the MIDI note numbers are set correctly (P.40).

● Make sure the Bypass parameter on the 6th page in Utility mode is “off” (P.116).

The Sound does not Match the Settings

● Make sure you have not plugged the monaural phone plug when the power is still ON. This sets the rim switch

ON on the DTX. Turn the power OFF and ON again.

● Make sure the output MIDI channel is set to Drum Voice (ch=10) (P.42)

The Velocity (Sound) is Too Small

● Make sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new (NOT old) sticky tape (P.11).

● Raise the gain setting (P.36).

● If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by raising them).

● Raise the velocity (P.37).

● Try a different velocity curve (P.38).

● Raise the volume of the voice (P.53).

● Make sure the input type is correct. Try a larger drum such as the TOM or KICK (P.35).

● Replace the drum head.

● Redo the Auto-set procedure (P.36).

● Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

The Triggered Sound is Not Stable (When using accoustic drums)

● Make sure you have select the correct input type. Try a larger drum (PAD ➞ SNARE ➞ TOM ➞ KICK) (P.35).

● Make sure the DT10 is securely fastened with new sticky tape (P.11).

● Make sure the cable is securely inserted into the DT10 jack.

Double-triggering

● If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal causing double-triggering.

● Make sure the head is not causing irregular vibration. If it is, it is necessary to mute the head .

● Make sure the sensor is fixed near the rim (above the bearing) and not near center of the head (P.11).

● Make sure that nothing is touching the sensor.

● If the pads have an output or velocity control volume, adjust them (by lowering them).

● Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another

drum is played at the same time (P.39).

● Try using the sub-rejection parameter (P.39).

● Try switching the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

137

Appendix — Troubleshooting

You are Experiencing “Cross-talk”

● Replace the sensor away from the nearby drum.

● The minimum input level needs to be higher (P.37).

● Raise the gain setting (P.36).

● Raise the rejection parameter. Be careful not to set it too high or it may cause a sound to be muted when another

drum is played at the same time (P.39).

● If the sound cross-talks with a specific trigger input, use the Spec rejection settings(P.39).

The Sounds are Cut when you Play Continuously

● Set the Voice Type parameter on the 4th page of Voice Edit Mode to “MONO” .

● If you are playing a rim shot, set the RIM Velocity parameter on the 17th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode to

a setting other than “mute Hi” and “mute Lo” (P.45).

● Set the unnecessary 2nd notes on to “off” on the 11th page in Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode (P.40).

Only 1 Sound is Heard when 2 Pads (Drums) are Played

● Raise the gain setting of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.36).

● Lower the rejection parameter of the pad (drum) that is not making a sound (P.39).

● Make sure that the pads (drums) are not assigned to the same group in the Alternate Group settings on the 10th

page in Drum Kit Voice Edit mode (P.57).

The Sound is Too Loud (The Velocity is Permanently Too High)

● Lower the gain setting (P.36).

● Lower the minimum value of the velocity range (P.37).

● Try another velocity curve (P.38).

● If you are using a sensor made by other manufacturers, it may be sending a large signal.

● Reset the INPUT ATTENUATION switch on the rear panel (P.8).

The Hi-hat Foot Controller or Footswitch Works Oppositely

● Turn the power switch on again with the foot controller or footswitch connected to the rear panel. The DTX will

automatically detect the polarization of the switch and enable regular operation. (If the power is currently ON,

turn it OFF once and then ON again).

● Make sure you are not stepping on the foot controller or footswitch when you turn the power ON.

The Bass or Chord Patterns do Not Play in Pattern or Song Mode

● Make sure the tracks are not muted (P.77).

● Make sure the Pattern Track Mute parameter on the 10th page in Song Job mode is “off” when you are playing a

song (P.111).

● Make sure the Bass Linear Track mode parameter on the 9th page in Song Job mode is “off” (P.111).

The DTX does Not Receive any Switch or Trigger Data

● A data error has occurred. Turn the power OFF and then ON while holding the DRUM KIT button and the

PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ buttons and the DTX will reset to its initial settings. Beware that all the data will be lost.

Frequent data back-up storage to external MIDI devices such as the Yamaha MDF2 is recommended to prevent

lost data (P.119).

The Sound will Not Stop

● Some sounds may have an extremely long release when the Key Off function is disabled (P.58). In such a case,

enter Drum Kit Voice Edit mode and press the VOICE button while holding SHIFT to temporarily stop the sound.

138

Appendix — Error Messages

Error Messages

ERR-MIDI

BuffFull

Too much MIDI data is being received in the buffer. Reduce the amount of data or insert intervals between the bulk

transmission and try again.

ERROR-

MIDIdata

There is a data error in the MIDI data being received. Check if the sum of the bulk dump data being received does not

conform, or if the MIDI connections are looped. Check the MIDI cables and the data you want to send and try again.

ERR-BULK

Protect

The System Exclusive Receive parameter is not “on” when the bulk dump data is being received. Set the parameter on

the 11th page of Utility mode to “on” (P. 117) and try again.

ERR-low

Battery

The built-in memory back-up lithium battery is running low. Store the necessary data to an external device such as the

Yamaha MIDI Filer MDF2 and take the DTX to an authorized Yamaha Service Center to have the battery replaced.

ERROR-

Preset

You are trying to edit preset data such as the preset drum kit, preset style pattern or preset song, or you are sending the

bulk dump to a preset number. Select a user data area and try again.

ERR-Now

Running

Bulk dump data is being transmitted while the DTX is playing or recording a song or pattern. Stop the playing or

recording of the song or pattern and transmit the bulk dump data again.

ERROR-

NotEmpty

Data already exists in the area you are trying to transmit the bulk dump data to. Clear the song or pattern (P.92, 109)

and try to transmit again.

ERROR-

Bad Data

You have received bulk dump data when you are not in Song Play Pattern Play mode, or when you have not stopped the

song or pattern you had been playing. This message also appears when the beat or number of measures you are copying

does not match those of the pattern or when the DTX is receiving erroneous bulk dump data. Correct the situation and

try again.

Memory

Full

The song and pattern memory areas are full. Clear unnecessary songs or patterns (P.92, 109) and try again.

139

Appendix

Specifications

Tone Generator

16-bit AWM2 (Compliant to GM Standard

Level 1)

Polyphony

Maximum of 32 notes

Voices

928 Drum and Percussion Voices, 128 Normal

Keyboard Voices

Modes

Drum Kit Mode

Play Mode: 32 preset drum kits and 32 user

drum kits

Trigger Edit Mode: 31 functions

Voice Edit Mode: 21 functions

Chain Mode

Play Mode: 16 types of chains (maximum of 32

steps)

Edit Mode: 3 functions

Pattern Mode

Play Mode: 660 preset patterns (110 styles x 6

sections), 100 user patterns

Record Mode: Real-time or step recording,

recording tracks (chord, bass, rhythm)

Job Mode: 7 functions

Song Mode

Play Mode: 100 preset songs, 30 user songs

Record Mode: Real-time or step recording,

recording tracks (TR1/TR2 sequencer tracks,

pattern/chord/tempo tracks)

Job Mode: 11 functions

Store Mode

Drum Kit Store, Chain Store

Utility Mode

System, MIDI, equalizer, sequence, multi-

timbre

Effect

Reverb (hall1/2, room1/2/3, stage1/2, plate,

white, tunnel, canyon, basement)

Chorus, variation (preset for each voice)

Controls

Volume Slider (MASTER, AUX IN, ACCOMP/

SNARE/CYMBAL, CLICK/KICK/MISC.), Data

Scroll Wheel, Mode buttons (DRUM KIT,

CHAIN, SONG, PATTERN, TRIGGER, VOICE,

UTILITY, STORE), PAGE¡/⁄ (MAIN A/B),

Q Cursor button (FILL AB/BA), -1/

NO(INTRO), +1/YES (ENDING), TEMPO,

SHIFT, TR1 (MISC.), TR2 (CYMBAL), BASS/

TMP TR (SNARE), RHYTHM/PAT TR (KICK),

CHORD/CHO TR, SOLO, Transport buttons

(CLICK, PAUSE, REWIND, START/STOP,

FORWARD, RECORD), CONTRAST knob

Display

Custom LCD display

2-digit large segment LED

8 mute/sequencer operation LEDs

Input Jacks

1 SNARE–8 H.HAT, 10/9 KICK, 12/11, AUX IN

Output Jacks

PHONES, OUTPUT(L/MONO,R), AUX OUT(L/

Foot Switch/Control Jacks

FOOT SW, H.HAT CONTROL

MIDI Jacks

MIDI IN/OUT

Power Requirements

DC 12V

Dimensions

300mm (W) x 57mm (D) x 220mm (H)

Weight

1.4kg

Included Accessories

Owner’s Manual

AC power adapter (PA-1207 or PA-3B)

140

Appendix

Index

3 Auto Set ................................................................................... 36

3 ClrTrack (clear track) ............................................................. 109

3 CrTrNote (clear specific note) .................................................. 91

3 Edit recall ................................................................................ 68

3 LinkMode .............................................................................. 115

3 Pan .......................................................................................... 54

30 Click Hi ............................................................................... 122

30 Edit (edit recall) ..................................................................... 49

31 Click Mid ............................................................................. 122

31 SetChord= (setting the note number by chord) ...................... 49

32 Click Lo ............................................................................... 122

33 Click Out ............................................................................. 123

35 Tempo ................................................................................. 123

36 Count .................................................................................. 123

37 GrvCheck (groove check) .................................................... 124

38 Break TB (break top/bottom) ............................................... 124

39 MIDIctrl (MIDI control) ....................................................... 125

4 Clr Song (clear song) ............................................................. 109

4 ClrTrack (clears a track) ........................................................... 92

4 Lrn Mode (learn mode) .......................................................... 115

4 PAD Gain ................................................................................. 36

4 Pitch ........................................................................................ 54

40 SyncMode (synchronization mode) ...................................... 125

41 MULTI (multi-timbre) ......................................................... 126

42 MastTune (master tune) ....................................................... 126

43 Program ............................................................................... 126

44 Volume ................................................................................ 127

45 Pan ...................................................................................... 127

46 Pitch .................................................................................... 128

47 RevSend (Reverb Send) ........................................................ 128

5 ClearPat (clear pattern) ............................................................ 92

5 LevelRng (level range) .............................................................. 37

5 PgmCh (select the voices for each channel) ............................ 110

5 Rev send (send reverb) ............................................................. 55

5 SldrMode (slider mode) ......................................................... 116

6 Bypass .................................................................................... 116

6 Modify ..................................................................................... 92

6 Pgm= (selects the voices of a chord, ......................................... 55

6 VelRange (velocity range) ......................................................... 37

7 Filter ........................................................................................ 56

7 JumpRcnt (jump to recent page) ............................................ 116

7 Pat Name (pattern name) ......................................................... 92

7 VelCurve (velocity curve) ......................................................... 38

8 Decay ....................................................................................... 56

8 FCoffset ................................................................................. 117

8 PlayMode ............................................................................... 110

8 Self Rej (self rejection) ............................................................. 39

9 B Lnr TR (bass linear track mode) .......................................... 111

9 Key mode ................................................................................ 57

9 MIDI ...................................................................................... 117

9 Reject (rejection) ...................................................................... 39

ACCOMP SNARE/CYMBAL Volume Slider ................................... 6

all data ...................................................................................... 119

all DKIT .................................................................................... 119

all SONG .................................................................................. 119

allCHAIN .................................................................................. 119

allPATRN .................................................................................. 119

alter ............................................................................................ 43

alterMN ...................................................................................... 43

always ....................................................................................... 115

AUX IN Jack ................................................................................. 8

AUX IN Volume Slider .................................................................. 6

aux L ........................................................................................ 123

AUX OUT L and R Jacks ............................................................... 8

aux R ........................................................................................ 123

auxL+R ..................................................................................... 123

+1/YES (ENDING) Button ............................................................. 7

+1/YES and -1/NO Buttons ......................................................... 27

-1/NO (INTRO) Button ................................................................. 7

1 Copy (Pat/Dest): pattern copy .................................................. 90

1 Copy (Song/Dest): song copy ................................................. 108

1 Kit Name (drum kit name) ....................................................... 35

1 Name (chain name) ................................................................. 67

1 SNARE to 8 H.HAT Inputs ........................................................ 8

1 SYSTEM ................................................................................. 114

1 VCE (voice) ............................................................................. 53

10 AlterGrp (alternate group) ..................................................... 57

10 Pat Mute (pattern track mute mode) .................................... 111

10 Spec Rej (specific rejection) ................................................... 40

10/9 KICK Input ........................................................................... 8

11 Key Off .................................................................................. 58

11 Note= (note numbers settings) ............................................... 40

11 SongName ........................................................................... 111

12 Note= (gate time) ................................................................... 42

12 Out Port................................................................................. 58

12/11 Input .................................................................................. 8

13 DeviceNo (device number) .................................................. 117

13 Note= (MIDI channel) ............................................................ 42

13 REV Rtn (reverb return) ......................................................... 58

14 Key On .................................................................................. 43

14 REV Type (reverb type) .......................................................... 59

14 Receive SysX (receiving system exclusive data) .................... 117

15 REV Time (reverb time) ......................................................... 59

15 Receive PC (receiving program change data) ........................ 118

15 VelXFade (velocity cross-fade) ............................................... 44

16 PC Ch= (transmit program change) ....................................... 59

16 RIMKeyOn ............................................................................. 44

16 RecvCh10 All (receiving channel message through channel 10)

118

17 BK Ch= (transmit bank select) ............................................... 60

17 RIM Vel (RIM velocity) .......................................................... 45

17 RecvCh10 PC (receive program change through channel 10)118

18 CC Ch= (transmit control change: volume)............................ 60

18 PAD Func (pad function) ....................................................... 45

19 CC Ch= (transmit control change: pan) ................................. 61

19 FS Func (FS function) ............................................................ 46

19 LocalClt (local control) ........................................................ 118

2 Chain create or revise............................................................... 67

2 EditMode ............................................................................... 114

2 PAD Type ................................................................................ 35

2 Quantize (quantization) ................................................... 91, 109

2 Volume .................................................................................... 53

20 CC Ch= (transmit control change) ......................................... 61

20 DumpTime .......................................................................... 119

20 FS MIDI (FS MIDI channel) ................................................... 47

21 FS HHcls (FS hi-hat control) .................................................. 47

21 MergeOut ............................................................................ 119

21 Root Note .............................................................................. 62

21 RootNote ............................................................................... 62

22 Dump Out (bulk data send) ................................................. 119

22 FC Func (hi-hat control function) .......................................... 47

23 FC MIDI (hi-hat control channel) .......................................... 47

23 P/C’KIT (program change table) .......................................... 120

24 EQ (equalizer) ..................................................................... 120

24 FC Sens (hi-hat control sensitivity) ........................................ 48

25 HH Ctrl (hi-hat control) ......................................................... 48

25 Lo Mi Hi (gain) .................................................................... 121

26 In 11 to 12 (Input 11 to 12) .................................................. 48

26 In 9 to 10 (Input 9 to 10) ...................................................... 48

26 Lo Freq (low frequency)....................................................... 121

27 Mid Freq (mid frequency) .................................................... 121

28 Copy INP (copy input) .......................................................... 48

28 Hi Freq (high frequency) ..................................................... 121

29 Copy TRG (copy trigger) ........................................................ 49

29 SEQ (sequencer) .................................................................. 122

141

Appendix

average ...................................................................................... 124

Average Mode ............................................................................. 98

b ................................................................................................. 53

B (BOTTOM) ............................................................................ 124

Backing Track ............................................................................. 93

basemnt ...................................................................................... 59

BASS TMP TR (SNARE) Button ..................................................... 7

Beat ........................................................................... 83, 101, 104

Beat focus area .......................................................................... 103

Beat Indicator ............................................................................. 85

bypass .................................................................................. 45, 46

C ................................................................................................. 53

C (coarse tune) .................................................................. 54, 128

canyon ........................................................................................ 59

CHAIN Button .............................................................................. 6

Chain Edit Mode ......................................................................... 65

Chain Edit mode ......................................................................... 23

Chain Play Mode ......................................................................... 63

Chain Play mode ......................................................................... 23

Channel Message ...................................................................... 130

CHORD CHO TR Button .............................................................. 7

Chord input .............................................................................. 103

Chord List ................................................................................... 79

Chord type .......................................................................... 78, 79

Chords ........................................................................................ 78

click ..................................................................................... 45, 46

Click (metronome) .............................................................. 76, 96

CLICK Button ............................................................................... 7

CLICK KICK/MISC. Volume Slider ............................................... 6

clip ............................................................................................. 38

Cls ....................................................................................... 40, 42

CONTRAST Knob ......................................................................... 8

Control Change ........................................................................ 131

Copy destination ................................................................ 90, 108

Copy source ....................................................................... 90, 108

curCHAIN ................................................................................ 119

curDKIT ................................................................................... 119

curPATRN ................................................................................ 119

curSONG .................................................................................. 119

Cursor Buttons ............................................................................ 26

Data focus area .......................................................... 85, 101, 103

Data focus area area .................................................................. 104

Data input ................................................................................. 104

Data Scroll Wheel .................................................................. 7, 27

DC IN Jac ..................................................................................... 8

dec ....................................................................................... 45, 46

do FILL ................................................................................ 45, 46

DRUM KIT Button ........................................................................ 6

Drum Kit Play Mode ................................................................... 30

Drum Kit Play mode ................................................................... 22

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Mode ....................................................... 32

Drum Kit Trigger Edit mode ....................................................... 22

Drum Kit Voice Edit Mode .......................................................... 50

Drum Kit Voice Edit mode .......................................................... 22

Drum Kits ................................................................................... 18

Drum or Percussion Sounds ........................................................ 18

Drum voice name ....................................................................... 85

Dumper Pedal ........................................................................... 131

dynamic ...................................................................................... 38

E ................................................................................................. 53

ENDING ....................................................................... 45, 46, 71

Exclusive Message ..................................................................... 131

expand ........................................................................................ 38

Expression ................................................................................ 131

ext ............................................................................................ 125

F (fine tune) ....................................................................... 54, 128

FCl ...................................................................................... 40, 42

FILL AB ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71

FILL BA ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71

fix1 to fix127 .............................................................................. 45

FOOT SW Jack ............................................................................. 8

FOP ............................................................................................ 42

FOp ............................................................................................ 40

FORWARD and REWIND Buttons ....................................... 74, 95

FORWARD Button ........................................................................ 7

Gain ............................................................................................ 36

global ............................................................................... 115, 123

Groove Check Function .............................................................. 97

H.HAT CONTROL Jack ................................................................ 8

hall 1 .......................................................................................... 59

hall 2 .......................................................................................... 59

HH ctrl ................................................................................ 46, 47

hi mono ...................................................................................... 57

hi tom ......................................................................................... 35

hold ..................................................................................... 43, 44

inc ....................................................................................... 45, 46

indiv (individual) ...................................................................... 115

INPUT ATTENUATION Switches ................................................. 8

int ............................................................................................. 125

INTRO .......................................................................... 45, 46, 71

K ................................................................................................. 53

k ................................................................................................. 53

Key Data ................................................................................... 130

kick1/kick2 ................................................................................. 35

LCD ............................................................................................ 25

LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) ........................................................ 6

LED (Light Emitting Diode) Display ............................................. 6

live (mode) ............................................................................... 116

lo tom ......................................................................................... 35

Location pointer ......................................................... 85, 103, 104

MAIN A ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71

MAIN B ........................................................................ 45, 46, 71

main L ...................................................................................... 123

main R ...................................................................................... 123

mainL+R ................................................................................... 123

MASTER Volume Slider ................................................................ 6

Measure number .............................................. 85, 101, 103, 104

Measure/Beat/Clock .................................................................... 85

Measures ..................................................................................... 83

MIDI ........................................................................... 46, 47, 129

MIDI Data Format ..................................................................... 134

MIDI IN/OUT ............................................................................... 8

MIDI note number ...................................................................... 41

Modulation ............................................................................... 131

mono .......................................................................................... 57

mute Hi ...................................................................................... 45

142

Appendix

mute Lo ...................................................................................... 45

Muting ................................................................................. 77, 97

none ........................................................................................... 59

normal ................................................................................. 38, 45

Note Off .................................................................................... 130

Note On .................................................................................... 130

off ............................................................................................. 115

On-bass ...................................................................... 78, 79, 103

One Way .................................................................................. 110

Opn ..................................................................................... 40, 42

OUTPUT L/MONO and R Jacks .................................................... 8

P ................................................................................................. 53

Pad ........................................................................................... 131

pad1/pad2 .................................................................................. 35

PAGE¡ and PAGE⁄ Buttons ...................................................... 26

PAGE¡/ERASE (MAIN A) Button ................................................. 7

PAGE⁄ (MAIN B) Button ............................................................. 7

Pattern ................................................................................. 19, 71

pattern ...................................................................................... 123

PATTERN Button .......................................................................... 6

Pattern input ............................................................................. 101

Pattern Job Mode ........................................................................ 88

Pattern Job mode ........................................................................ 23

Pattern number ........................................................................... 85

Pattern Play Mode ....................................................................... 71

Pattern Play mode ....................................................................... 23

Pattern Record Mode .................................................................. 80

Pattern Record mode .................................................................. 23

pause ................................................................................... 45, 46

PAUSE Button ........................................................................ 7, 74

PAUSE button ............................................................................. 95

PHONES Jack ............................................................................... 8

Pitch Bend ................................................................................ 131

plate ............................................................................................ 59

poly ............................................................................................ 57

POWER Switch ............................................................................. 8

prctice (practice mode) ............................................................. 116

Program Change ....................................................................... 130

Quantization ............................................................... 84, 85, 105

QY PATRN................................................................................ 119

Real-time .................................................................................... 82

Real-time Message ..................................................................... 131

Real-time Recording .................................................. 84, 105, 106

Receiving Bulk Data .................................................................. 120

RECORD Button ........................................................................... 7

Repeat ....................................................................................... 110

Reverb Depth ............................................................................ 131

REWIND Button ........................................................................... 7

RHYTHM PAT TR (KICK) Button ................................................. 7

rim .............................................................................................. 40

room 1 ........................................................................................ 59

room 2 ........................................................................................ 59

room 3 ........................................................................................ 59

Root ............................................................................ 78, 79, 103

S ................................................................................................. 53

s .................................................................................................. 53

Section ............................................................................... 71, 101

semi(2) ....................................................................................... 57

Sequence Track ........................................................................... 93

SHIFT Button ............................................................................... 7

single ................................................................................. 44, 124

Single Mode ................................................................................ 97

snare ........................................................................................... 35

Solo ............................................................................................ 78

SOLO Button ................................................................................ 7

Song ........................................................................................... 19

song ............................................................................................ 93

SONG Button ............................................................................... 6

Song Job Mode ......................................................................... 107

Song Job mode ............................................................................ 24

Song Play Mode .......................................................................... 93

Song Play mode .......................................................................... 24

Song Record Mode ...................................................................... 99

Song Record mode ...................................................................... 24

stack ........................................................................................... 43

stackMN ..................................................................................... 43

stage 1 ........................................................................................ 59

stage 2 ........................................................................................ 59

START/STOP Button ..................................................................... 7

statStp ......................................................................................... 46

Step Rec (step recording) ............................................................ 82

Step Recording ................................................................... 85, 101

STORE Button .............................................................................. 7

Store Mode ................................................................................. 69

Store mode ................................................................................. 24

strtStp ......................................................................................... 45

Style ............................................................................................ 71

Style or pattern name ................................................................ 101

Style or pattern number ............................................................ 101

system....................................................................................... 119

System Message ........................................................................ 131

T ................................................................................................. 53

T (TOP) .................................................................................... 124

Tempo ............................................... 76, 82, 96, 101, 104, 105

TEMPO Button ............................................................................. 7

Tempo change quantity ............................................................ 104

Tempo change time .................................................................. 104

Tempo focus area ...................................................................... 103

TR1 (MISC) Button ....................................................................... 7

TR2 (CYMBAL) Button ................................................................. 7

Track ................................................................................... 71, 93

Transport Buttons ....................................................................... 27

TRIGGER Button .......................................................................... 7

Triggering ................................................................................... 20

tunnel ......................................................................................... 59

Type ......................................................................................... 103

User Patterns............................................................................... 72

UTILITY Button ............................................................................ 7

Utility Mode .............................................................................. 112

Utility mode ................................................................................ 24

Variabl ........................................................................................ 45

Velocity..................................................................................... 130

VOICE Button............................................................................... 7

Volume .............................................................................. 96, 131

Volume Adjustment .................................................................... 75

w/shift....................................................................................... 115

white .......................................................................................... 59

withPad ...................................................................................... 44

143

Appendix

Drum Voice List

✻ marked voices consist of two layers.

● marked voices are looped sounds.

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

1 K 1 BD DRY 1 59 K 59 SweetnLo ●117 K 117 BDbass1 ●175 S 56 Dance06

2 K 2 BD DRY 2 60 K 60 2HeadLo ●118 K 118 BDbass2 ●176 S 57 Tekk

3 K 3 BD GMH 61 K 61 2HedMed1 ●119 K 119 BDbass3 ●177 S 58 Tekk 01

4 K 4 BD GMM 62 K 62 2HedMed2 ●120 S 1 VtgBrass 178 S 59 Tekk 02

5 K 5 BD GML 63 K 63 2HeadHi ●121 S 2 VtgB 2 179 S 60 Tekk 03

6 K 6 BD GMM2 64 K 64 Basement ●122 S 3 BrassRim 180 S 61 Tekk 04

7 K 7 BD 24Dry 65 K 65 VeloRoom ●123 S 4 Fat looz 181 S 62 Tekk 05

8 K 8 BD DRYB1 66 K 66 DimWit ●124 S 5 Hip Hop 182 S 63 Tekk 06

9 K 9 BD DRYBH 67 K 67 BigAC ●125 S 6 BrassPic 183 S 64 Tekk 07

10 K 10 BD GMJ 68 K 68 Sub1 126 S 7 S BrysnH 184 S 65 AnSStick

11 K 11 BD BBALS 69 K 69 Sub2 ●127 S 8 S BrysnR 185 S 66 AnalogH1 ●

12 K 12 BD DRY 3 70 K 70 Sub3 ●128 S 9 Wood65 186 S 67 AnalogL1 ●

13 K 13 BD DRY 4 71 K 71 Sub4 ●129 S 10 S Dry 187 S 68 Analog H ●

14 K 14 BD DRY 5 ●72 K 72 Sub5 ●130 S 11 S DryPic 188 S 69 Analog L ●

15 K 15 BD Soft 73 K 73 AnaQuick 131 S 12 DeepStel 189 S 70 Electrik

16 K 16 BD KONG1 74 K 74 MtlPoint ●132 S 13 Looz Pic 190 S 71 Rock ●

17 K 17 BD MONDO 75 K 75 Kombat ●133 S 14 Wood Sn 191 S 72 RockH

18 K 18 BD MND S 76 K 76 Bushy ●134 S 15 12Soprno 192 S 73 RockM

19 K 19 BD NN04C 77 K 77 BigSofty ●135 S 16 SnareM 193 S 74 RockL

20 K 20 BD ROOM1 78 K 78 BigBoy ●136 S 17 SnareH 194 S 75 RockRim ●

21 K 21 BD ROOM2 79 K 79 Roomy ●137 S 18 SnarDeep ●195 S 76 Amb 01

22 K 22 BD ROOM3 80 K 80 BD Rave1 ●138 S 19 SnareH2 ●196 S 77 Amb 02

23 K 23 BD ROOM4 81 K 81 BD Rave2 ●139 S 20 MrcSnrM 197 S 78 Amb 03

24 K 24 BD ROOM5 82 K 82 BD Rave3 ●140 S 21 MrcSnrH 198 S 79 Amb 04

25 K 25 BD 24Amb 83 K 83 BD Rave4 ●141 S 22 SnrGhst ●199 S 80 SnrRoll✻

26 K 26 BD Rock1 84 K 84 BD Rave5 ●142 S 23 ASOBI ●200 S 81 SnRoll2✻

27 K 27 BD Rock2 85 K 85 BD Rave6 ●143 S 24 SnareL2 ●201 S 82 S RO_S

28 K 28 BD Metal ●86 K 86 BD Rave7 ●144 S 25 ToshL fi ●202 S 83 S FT NZ3

29 K 29 BD GATE1 87 K 87 BD Rave8 ●145 S 26 Tosh Sn ●203 S 84 S RuberS

30 K 30 BD GATE2 88 K 88 BD Rave9 ●146 S 27 Pilow Sn ●204 S 85 BrshSlp

31 K 31 BD GATE3 89 K 89 BDRave10 147 S 28 Blaaaghf ●205 S 86 S Brsh

32 K 32 BD GateM 90 K 90 BDRave11 ●148 S 29 ParadeS ●206 S 87 S BrshTp

33 K 33 BD ELEC1 91 K 91 BDdance1 149 S 30 HiGateSn ●207 S 88 S Brsh H

34 K 34 BD ELEC2 92 K 92 BDersko1 ●150 S 31 OpnRim ●208 S 89 S BrshOp

35 K 35 BD ELEC3 93 K 93 BDvman 1 ●151 S 32 OpnRimA ●209 S 90 S BrshSc

36 K 36 BDDance1 94 K 94 BDaftty1 ●152 S 33 OpnRimB ●210 S 91 S BrshSw

37 K 37 BDDance2 95 K 95 BDaftty2 ●153 S 34 OpnRimC ●211 S 92 BrSwL✻

38 K 38 BDDance3 96 K 96 BDbonzo2 ●154 S 35 OpnRimD ●212 S 93 BrSwH✻

39 K 39 BDDance4 97 K 97 BDpower 155 S 36 OpnRimE ●213 S 94 BrshTap1

40 K 40 BDDance5 98 K 98 BDfusio1 ●156 S 37 S Elem1 214 S 95 BrshTap2

41 K 41 BDDance6 99 K 99 BDtite1 ●157 S 38 S Elem2 215 S 96 BrshTap3

42 K 42 BDDance7 100 K 100 BDstomp1 ●158 S 39 S Elem3 216 S 97 BrshSlpL

43 K 43 BDDance8 101 K 101 BDudu1 ●159 S 40 S Elem4 217 S 98 SAmbie1 ●

44 K 44 BDDance9 102 K 102 BDindst1 ●160 S 41 S Room ●218 S 99 SAmbie2 ●

45 K 45 BDAnlg L 103 K 103 BDNIN1 ●161 S 42 S Gate 219 S 100 SAmbie3 ●

46 K 46 BDAnlg H ●104 K 104 BDurban1 ●162 S 43 S Gate1 220 S 101 SAmbie4 ●

47 K 47 BDRevers 105 K 105 BDfunky1 ●163 S 44 S Gate2 221 S 102 SAmbie5 ●

48 K 48 BD SCREM 106 K 106 BDurban2 ●164 S 45 S Gate3 222 S 103 Sambie6 ●

49 K 49 GrnCassa 107 K 107 BDpalmer ●165 S 46 S STK_HT 223 S 104 SAna1 ●

50 K 50 GrCMute 108 K 108 BD808Lng ●166 S 47 S SStck1 224 S 105 SAna 2 ●

51 K 51 QuikBuzz ●109 K 109 BDevolvr ●167 S 48 S SStck2 225 S 106 SAna3 ●

52 K 52 Norma ●110 K 110 BDevolv2 ●168 S 49 S SStck3 226 S 107 SAna4 ●

53 K 53 Basic ●111 K 111 BDbasc1 169 S 50 Dance 227 S 108 SAna5 ●

54 K 54 SoTight ●112 K 112 BDbasc2 170 S 51 Dance01 228 S 109 Beauty ●

55 K 55 WudPoint ●113 K 113 BDdance5 ●171 S 52 Dance02 229 S 110 BeatyRim

56 K 56 Pointy ●114 K 114 BDlong1 ●172 S 53 Dance03 230 S 111 Brassy ●

57 K 57 DrkPoint ●115 K 115 BDvman 5 ●173 S 54 Dance04 231 S 112 BrassRim ●

58 K 58 Bottom ●116 K 116 BDdigiro ●174 S 55 Dance05 232 S 113 Loosy ●

144

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

233 S 114 LoosyRim ●291 S 172 AnaTiRim 349 S 230 JelyRoll 407 T 38 Ana 1Mid

234 S 115 Snapper ●292 S 173 AnaDark 350 S 231 Jelyrim ●408 T 39 Ana 1Lo

235 S 116 SnaprRim ●293 S 174 AnaDaRim 351 S 232 Electric 409 T 40 Ana 1Flr

236 S 117 GateOK ●294 S 175 AnaHit ●352 S 233 EltrcRIM ●410 T 41 Ana 2Hi ●

237 S 118 GateORim 295 S 176 AnHitRim ●353 S 234 DryPiclo 411 T 42 Ana 2Mid ●

238 S 119 DryUp ●296 S 177 AnaVel ●354 S 235 DryPRim ●412 T 43 Ana 2Lo ●

239 S 120 RIMouch! ●297 S 178 AnVelRim ●355 S 236 Timbrim ●413 T 44 Ana 2flr

240 S 121 Ambient ●298 S 179 AnaWide 356 S 237 Buzzring ●414 T 45 Tron Hi ●

241 S 122 AmbiRim ●299 S 180 AnaWiRim 357 S 238 BuzRgRim ●415 T 46 Tron Mid ●

242 S 123 Matchbox ●300 S 181 AnaYo ●358 S 239 Philydry ●416 T 47 Tron Lo ●

243 S 124 RIMwatts ●301 S 182 AnaYoRim ●359 S 240 PhlyRiM ●417 T 48 Tron Flr ●

244 S 125 Picket ●302 S 183 AnaWee ●360 S 241 Nashvill ●418 T 49 DRY GM1

245 S 126 RIMnatul ●303 S 184 AnaWeRim ●361 S 242 WackyEFX ●419 T 50 DRY GM2

246 S 127 RoldGold 304 S 185 AnaAir ●362 S 243 Latinrim ●420 T 51 DRY GM3

247 S 128 RoldRim ●305 S 186 AnAirRim ●363 S 244 Fusion ●421 T 52 DRY GM4

248 S 129 Deep&Dry ●306 S 187 AnaBuzz ●364 S 245 Metalpic ●422 T 53 DRY GM5

249 S 130 RIMetal ●307 S 188 AnaBzRim ●365 S 246 Dryroom ●423 T 54 DRY GM6

250 S 131 Blue90 308 S 189 AnaShh ●366 S 247 Distort ●424 T 55 Room 1 ●

251 S 132 Blu90Rim ●309 S 190 AnaShRim ●367 S 248 Ruberbnd ●425 T 56 Room 2 ●

252 S 133 BlastX ●310 S 191 AnaMetal ●368 S 249 Cool Dry ●426 T 57 Room 3 ●

253 S 134 RIMdry1 ●311 S 192 AnaMeRim ●369 S 250 TambSnre ●427 T 58 Room 4 ●

254 S 135 Nashvill ●312 S 193 AnaSlegh ●370 T 1 Dry1 Hi 428 T 59 Room 5 ●

255 S 136 RIMrock ●313 S 194 AnaSlRim ●371 T 2 Dry1 Mid 429 T 60 Room 6 ●

256 S 137 DryMetal ●314 S 195 BrSwTime 372 T 3 Dry1 Lo 430 T 61 Rock 1

257 S 138 RIMshort ●315 S 196 BrSwTRim 373 T 4 Dry1 Flr 431 T 62 Rock 2

258 S 139 Binky ●316 S 197 BrshHit1 374 T 5 Dry2 Hi 432 T 63 Rock 3

259 S 140 RIMpopr ●317 S 198 Brsh1Rim 375 T 6 Dry2 Mid 433 T 64 Rock 4

260 S 141 Sticky ●318 S 199 BrshHit2 376 T 7 Dry2 Lo 434 T 65 Rock 5

261 S 142 RIMfat1 ●319 S 200 Brsh2Rim 377 T 8 Dry2 Flr 435 T 66 Rock 6

262 S 143 Slappy ●320 S 201 Brushup 378 T 9 Lite Hi ●436 T 67 E Tom1

263 S 144 RIMnashy ●321 S 202 BrsUpRim 379 T 10 Lite Mid ●437 T 68 E Tom2

264 S 145 OldCan ●322 S 203 BrshSwep 380 T 11 Lite Lo ●438 T 69 E Tom3

265 S 146 RIM hipop ●323 S 204 BrshAtak 381 T 12 Lite Flr ●439 T 70 E Tom4

266 S 147 RollEm1 ●324 S 205 Ambient1 ●382 T 13 Jazz Hi 440 T 71 E Tom5

267 S 148 RollRim1 ●325 S 206 Ambt1rim ●383 T 14 Jazz Mid 441 T 72 E Tom6

268 S 149 RollEm2 ●326 S 207 Powerpic ●384 T 15 Jazz Lo 442 T 73 AnlgTom1

269 S 150 RollRim2 327 S 208 Pwrpcrim ●385 T 16 Jazz Flr 443 T 74 AnlgTom2

270 S 151 RollEm3 328 S 209 Fatbrass 386 T 17 BrshJzHi 444 T 75 AnlgTom3

271 S 152 RollRim3 329 S 210 Fatbrim ●387 T 18 BrshJzMd 445 T 76 AnlgTom4

272 S 153 Fantam ●330 S 211 Smacker ●388 T 19 BrshJzLo 446 T 77 AnlgTom5

273 S 154 FantaRim ●331 S 212 Smakrim ●389 T 20 BrshJzFl 447 T 78 AnlgTom6

274 S 155 Steel ●332 S 213 Enotype ●390 T 21 BrshRkHi 448 T 79 RoomP H

275 S 156 SteelRim ●333 S 214 Eno rim ●391 T 22 BrshRkMd 449 T 80 RoomP M

276 S 157 BigWood ●334 S 215 Factory ●392 T 23 BrshRkLo 450 T 81 RoomP L ●

277 S 158 BigWdRim ●335 S 216 Fact rim ●393 T 24 BrshRkFl 451 T 82 RoomP F

278 S 159 UnclAB ●336 S 217 Woody ●394 T 25 Room1 Hi ●452 T 83 RoomQH ●

279 S 160 UnclARim ●337 S 218 Woodyrim ●395 T 26 Room1Mid ●453 T 84 RoomQM ●

280 S 161 SnareLes ●338 S 219 Dry Guy ●396 T 27 Room1 Lo ●454 T 85 RoomQL ●

281 S 162 LesRim ●339 S 220 Drygyrim ●397 T 28 Room1Flr ●455 T 86 RoomQF ●

282 S 163 SidStick ●340 S 221 Barypic ●398 T 29 Room2 Hi ●456 T 87 SAmbTmH ●

283 S 164 SidRim ●341 S 222 Baryrim ●399 T 30 Room2Mid ●457 T 88 SAmbTmM ●

284 S 165 HiFive 342 S 223 FX ●400 T 31 Room2 Lo ●458 T 89 SAmbTmL ●

285 S 166 Hi5Rim 343 S 224 FX rim ●401 T 32 Room2Flr ●459 T 90 SAmbTmF ●

286 S 167 CapGun ●344 S 225 Filtroll ●402 T 33 Room3 Hi 460 T 91 ElectrcH

287 S 168 CapRim ●345 S 226 Filtrrim ●403 T 34 Room3Mid ●461 T 92 ElectrcM

288 S 169 Snarf ●346 S 227 Sheetmtl 404 T 35 Room3 Lo ●462 T 93 ElectrcL

289 S 170 SnarfRim ●347 S 228 Shmtlrim ●405 T 36 Room3Flr ●463 T 94 ElectrcF

290 S 171 AnaTite 348 S 229 Gaterim ●406 T 37 Ana 1Hi 464 T 95 TEKK 1H

145

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

465 T 96 TEKK 1M 523 T 154 ACTomF 581 C 36 MinChina 639 C 94 H SplNB

466 T 97 TEKK 1L 524 T 155 TOMXfadH ●582 C 37 C CrshSi ●640 C 95 H Spl13

467 T 98 TEKK 1F 525 T 156 TOMXfadM ●583 C 38 C Crash 641 C 96 H Splsht

468 T 99 TEKK 2H 526 T 157 TOMXfadL ●584 C 39 C CrshAC 642 C 97 HHFTpdl1

469 T 100 TEKK 2M 527 T 158 TOMXfadF ●585 C 40 CrashB 643 C 98 FTsplRK

470 T 101 TEKK 2L 528 T 159 AnaIndsH ●586 C 41 PaperThn 644 C 99 FTsplRK2 ●

471 T 102 TEKK 2F 529 T 160 AnaIndsM ●587 C 42 China 645 C 100 HHRoKopn

472 T 103 TEKK 3H 530 T 161 AnaIndsL ●588 C 43 C Splsh1 646 C 101 HHRoKcls

473 T 104 TEKK 3M 531 T 162 AnaIndsF ●589 C 44 C Splsh2 647 C 102 HHcl2Xfd ●

474 T 105 TEKK 3L 532 T 163 Udu808H ●590 C 45 AngCym 648 C 103 HHclsXfd ●

475 T 106 TEKK 3F 533 T 164 Udu808L ●591 C 46 C FX01 649 C 104 FTsplsh1

476 T 107 Distrt H 534 T 165 HybridH ●592 C 47 C FX02 650 C 105 FTsplsh2 ●

477 T 108 Distrt M 535 T 166 HybridM ●593 C 48 Thrash ●651 P 1 P AgogCh

478 T 109 Distrt L 536 T 167 HybridL ●594 C 49 ReverseC 652 P 2 P AgogH1

479 T 110 Distrt F 537 T 168 HybridF ●595 C 50 HCym1 653 P 3 P AgogH2

480 T 111 TomMUJH 538 T 169 IndTmH ●596 C 51 HCymOpnL 654 P 4 P ATR

481 T 112 TomMUJM 539 T 170 IndTmM ●597 C 52 HCymClsL 655 P 5 P Bell

482 T 113 TomMUJ L 540 T 171 IndTmL ●598 C 53 HCymOpnM 656 P 6 P BongMu

483 T 114 ETMooRH 541 T 172 IndTmF ●599 C 54 HCymClsM 657 P 7 P BongHi

484 T 115 ETMooRM 542 T 173 Night H 600 C 55 HCym2 ●658 P 8 P BongLo

485 T 116 ETMooRL 543 T 174 Night M 601 C 56 H OpnL1 ●659 P 9 P Cabasa

486 T 117 ETMooRXL 544 T 175 Night L 602 C 57 H OpnL2 ●660 P 10 P Castnt

487 T 118 T Dist03 545 T 176 Night F 603 C 58 H OpnMU ●661 P 11 P Conga

488 T 119 Analog 546 C 1 ChinaHi 604 C 59 H OpnDW ●662 P 12 P CongAn

489 T 120 T EthnoE 547 C 2 CrshDRK 605 C 60 H OpnL3 ●663 P 13 P Clap8

490 T 121 T GongE 548 C 3 DeepCym ●606 C 61 H OpnLK ●664 P 14 P ClapA

491 T 122 TM Revrs 549 C 4 RideXfd ●607 C 62 H OpnLA1 ●665 P 15 P ClvsA

492 T 123 AnaTom1 ●550 C 5 Rider3 ●608 C 63 H OpnLA2 ●666 P 16 P Clvs

493 T 124 AnaTom2 ●551 C 6 Bell A 609 C 64 H OpnLX1 ●667 P 17 P BassDr

494 T 125 AnaTom3 ●552 C 7 Rocksizl ●610 C 65 H OpnDWX ●668 P 18 P CongaC

495 T 126 AnaTom4 ●553 C 8 RidesizA ●611 C 66 H OpnNB 669 P 19 P CongaH

496 T 127 AnaTom5 ●554 C 9 RidesizB ●612 C 67 H OPMu 670 P 20 P CongaM

497 T 128 AnaTom6 ●555 C 10 RidesizC ●613 C 68 H Opn13 671 P 21 P CongaO

498 T 129 GateBndH ●556 C 11 BellTip 614 C 69 H OpnAn 672 P 22 P CongaS

499 T 130 GateBndM ●557 C 12 Ridedrk ●615 C 70 H OpnTc 673 P 23 P CongC7

500 T 131 GateBndL ●558 C 13 Sizzler ●616 C 71 H OpnAMu 674 P 24 P CongBe

501 T 132 GateBndF ●559 C 14 FlatTop ●617 C 72 H QOpnNB 675 P 25 P Cong8H

502 T 133 DistOm H ●560 C 15 RideRock 618 C 73 H QOpn13 676 P 26 P Cong8L

503 T 134 DistOm M ●561 C 16 FastCras 619 C 74 H QOPMu 677 P 27 P CowB1

504 T 135 DistOm L ●562 C 17 VoclShKR ●620 C 75 H Cls01 678 P 28 P CowB2

505 T 136 DistOm F ●563 C 18 RaveRide ●621 C 76 H ClsNB1 679 P 29 P CowBM

506 T 137 AmbTomH 564 C 19 InddogCR ●622 C 77 H ClsNB2 ●680 P 30 P CowBAn

507 T 138 AmbTomM 565 C 20 SoftRoll 623 C 78 H ClsMu 681 P 31 P CuicaH

508 T 139 AmbTomL 566 C 21 DeepDRK 624 C 79 H Cls13 682 P 32 P CuicaL

509 T 140 AmbTomF 567 C 22 TambHH ●625 C 80 H ClsTc1 683 P 33 P Kalmb

510 T 141 EthnTomH ●568 C 23 FasCrash ●626 C 81 H ClsTc2 684 P 34 P EthCB

511 T 142 EthnTomL ●569 C 24 BriteCrs 627 C 82 H ClsTc3 685 P 35 P EthWB

512 T 143 RetroTmH ●570 C 25 SizzlLit ●628 C 83 H ClsTc4 686 P 36 P FSnap1

513 T 144 RetroTmM ●571 C 26 SizzlDrk ●629 C 84 H ClsA1 687 P 37 P FSnap2

514 T 145 RetroTmL ●572 C 27 SizzlRck ●630 C 85 H ClsA2 688 P 38 P Guiro

515 T 146 RetroTmF ●573 C 28 RideLite 631 C 86 H TiCls1 689 P 39 P GuiSht

516 T 147 TOMntrlH 574 C 29 RideDark 632 C 87 H TiCls2 690 P 40 P HiQ

517 T 148 TOMntrlM 575 C 30 RideRock 633 C 88 H Pdl13 691 P 41 P Log H

518 T 149 TOMntrlL 576 C 31 RidB Lit 634 C 89 H PdlNB 692 P 42 P Log L

519 T 150 TOMntrlF 577 C 32 RidB Drk 635 C 90 H PdlMu 693 P 43 P MarcsA

520 T 151 ACTomH 578 C 33 RidB Rc 636 C 91 H PdlDW 694 P 44 P Marcs

521 T 152 ACTomM 579 C 34 Ride Anl 637 C 92 H PdlLit ●695 P 45 P MtBel

522 T 153 ACTomL 580 C 35 Ride'EM ●638 C 93 H PdTit 696 P 46 P Mtron

146

Appendix

No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD) No Grp G.No Name (LCD)

697 P 47 P Scrach 755 E 2 E Didger 813 E 60 SDdark! ●871 k 3 Xylophon

698 P 48 P ShakeA 756 E 3 E FM Met 814 E 61 SDdkrim ●872 k 4 GlockenH

699 P 49 P Shake1 757 E 4 E Glass1 815 E 62 INDride3 873 k 5 GlockenM

700 P 50 P Shake2 758 E 5 C Crash 816 E 63 INDride2 ●874 k 6 GlockenL

701 P 51 P SlBell 759 E 6 E Gun 1 817 E 64 DogHats ●875 k 7 Celesta

702 P 52 P SurdoM 760 E 7 E Gun 3 818 E 65 INDconga ●876 k 8 SteelDr3

703 P 53 P Surdo 761 E 8 E Indust 819 E 66 EvlLoop✽877 k 9 SynPf 3

704 P 54 P TablaH 762 E 9 E InsAmb 820 E 67 Gargoyle ●878 k 10 Chorus 4 ✽

705 P 55 P TablaM 763 E 10 E LoMo 821 E 68 RatlBoom ●879 k 11 Chor 539 ✽

706 P 56 P TablaN 764 E 11 E MotoM 822 E 69 Spirals✽880 k 12 Chor 516 ✽

707 P 57 P TablaO 765 E 12 E OrcHt1 823 E 70 AlienSp✽ ●881 k 13 ORGAN 3 ✽

708 P 58 P TambA 766 E 13 E CBRadi 824 E 71 INDshakr ●882 k 14 sitar599

709 P 59 P Tambrn 767 E 14 E ComVc 825 E 72 LoMLoop✽ ●883 k 15 Brass 4 ✽

710 P 60 P TimbH 768 E 15 E Funky 826 E 73 LoMsolo✽884 k 16 Brass 5 ✽

711 P 61 P TimbL 769 E 16 E HipNs 827 E 74 Wakloop✽ ●885 k 17 SBrass 4 ✽

712 P 62 P Timb 770 E 17 E Motor 828 E 75 RaveWave ●886 k 18 SBrass 5 ✽

713 P 63 P TimCas 771 E 18 E OOOWWW 829 E 76 TablaX ●887 k 19 Trp 4 ✽

714 P 64 P TriMut 772 E 19 E TekGt 830 E 77 DigiTime ● ✽888 k 20 MTrp 4 ✽

715 P 65 P Triang 773 E 20 E TV vo 831 E 78 LoopItUp ● ✽889 k 21 Trb 3 ✽

716 P 66 P CongaG 774 E 21 E Yadee 832 E 79 BuzzyWak ●890 s 1 STRNG 4 ✽

717 P 67 P Udo F 775 E 22 E Scream 833 E 80 HandyDad ●891 s 2 STRNG 3 ✽

718 P 68 P Udo H 776 E 23 E Bottle 834 E 81 HandySon ●892 s 3 SStrngA ✽

719 P 69 P Udo L 777 E 24 E CarPss 835 E 82 TineDrum ●893 s 4 SStrngB ✽

720 P 70 P VibrS 778 E 25 E Crush 836 E 83 MetalDip ●894 s 5 SynSt 3 ✽

721 P 71 P WBloc 779 E 26 E CStart 837 E 84 Creature ●895 s 6 Syn 3 ✽

722 P 72 P WHP 780 E 27 E Dog 838 E 85 AMRhythm ●896 s 7 Strg 552

723 P 73 P Whist 781 E 28 E FStep 839 E 86 TungDrum ●897 s 8 Syn 531 ✽

724 P 74 P ClapL 782 E 29 E DSqrm 840 E 87 RubbrOil 898 b 1 AcBass

725 P 75 P TalkD 783 E 30 E Door 841 E 88 BreakOut ●899 b 2 SyBass1L

726 P 76 P TimpH 784 E 31 E Gun 2 842 E 89 OmenBass ●900 b 3 SyBass1H

727 P 77 P TimpL 785 E 32 E BrsHit 843 E 90 TimbTimp ●901 b 4 BassSAWL ✽

728 P 78 P GranC 786 E 33 E OrcHt1 844 E 91 NoyzEB ●902 b 5 BassSAWH ✽

729 P 79 P GrnCRe 787 E 34 E Laugh 845 E 92 SlikRoad ●903 b 6 SyBass2L

730 P 80 P Taiko 788 E 35 E NZE ✽846 E 93 6AMBreth ●904 b 7 SyBass2H

731 P 81 P WCHim 789 E 36 E PAD 847 E 94 Reverse ●905 b 8 BassSINL

732 P 82 Cabasa ●790 E 37 E Ring 848 E 95 HaHoHee ●906 b 9 BassSINH

733 P 83 SWhistH✽791 E 38 E Stream 849 E 96 TymKeepr ●907 b 10 S.BassL

734 P 84 SWhistL✽792 E 39 Stream ✽850 E 97 WetMetal ●908 b 11 S.BassH

735 P 85 JingBell 793 E 40 E Thundr 851 E 98 SloSprkl ●909 b 12 P.BassL

736 P 86 Bell Tre 794 E 41 E Tire 852 E 99 TakeOff ●910 b 13 P.BassH

737 P 87 AnCowbll 795 E 42 E USS 853 E 100 JerseyL ✽911 b 14 J.BassL

738 P 88 AnCongaH 796 E 43 E Seasho 854 E 101 UptownL ✽912 b 15 J.BassH

739 P 89 AnCongaM 797 E 44 E Bird-P 855 E 102 Hollis L ✽913 b 16 E.BassL

740 P 90 AnCongaL ●798 E 45 E Bird 856 E 103 PhatLoo ✽914 b 17 E.BassH

741 P 91 AnMaracs ●799 E 46 E Heli 857 E 104 SwingnL ✽915 b 18 SyBass3L

742 P 92 XfadeTri ●800 E 47 E Heli ✽858 E 105 KillnL ✽916 b 19 SyBass3H

917 H 1 HHfatcls

918 H 2 HHbrtcls

919 H 3 HHntrlcl

920 H 4 HHnycls

921 H 5

922 H 6

923 H 7

924 H 8

925 H 9

926 H 10

927 H 11

HH32cls

HHopen#1

HHopen#2

Hadlcls1

Hadlcls2

Hadlcls3

Hadlcls4

Hpsplsh1

928 H 12

743 P 93 Tambourn 801 E 48 EAmbush ●859 E 106 Kangroo✽ ●

744 P 94 Maracas ●802 E 49 E Applau ●860 E 107 Machine✽ ●

745 P 95 Tabla B 803 E 50 LPscNoiz ✽861 E 108 NYCLoop✽ ●

746 P 96 Tabla BL 804 E 51 OrchSmsh ●862 E 109 PsychoL✽ ●

747 P 97 Tabla BM 805 E 52 Shazam! ●863 E 110 HellsBl ✽

748 P 98 Tabla BV 806 E 53 INDhihat ●864 E 111 ET Loop ✽ ●

749 P 99 Tabla OV 807 E 54 INDchina 865 E 112 LoMO LP ✽

750 P 100 CongaMV 808 E 55 INDride ●866 E 113 FactryL ✽

751 P 101 TalknDrV 809 E 56 INDcrash 867 E 114 Cymbloo✽ ●

752 P 102 TalknDrD 810 E 57 SDind59 ●868 E 115 DIGERDO ✽

753 P 103 TalknDrU 811 E 58 INDbells ●869 k 1 vibe 541

754 E 1 E CoolSA 812 E 59 INDrave ●870 k 2 Marimba

147

Appendix

No Category Display Layer No Category Display Layer No Category Display Layer

1 Piano GrandPno 1 49 Ensemble Strings1 1 97 Synth

Effects Rain 2

2 BritePno 1 50 Strings2 1 98 SoundTrk 2

3 E.Grand 2 51 Syn.Str1 2 99 Crystal 2

4 HnkyTonk 2 52 Syn.Str2 2 100 Atmosphr 2

5 E.Piano1 2 53 ChoirAah 2 101 Bright 2

6 E.Piano2 2 54 VoiceOoh 1 102 Goblins 2

7 Harpsi. 1 55 SynVoice 1 103 Echoes 2

8 Clavi. 1 56 Orch.Hit 1 104 SF 2

9 Chromatic

Percussion Celesta 1 57 Brass Trumpet 1 105 Ethnic Sitar 1

10 Glocken 1 58 Trombone 1 106 Banjo 1

11 MusicBox 2 59 Tuba 1 107 Shamisen 1

12 Vibes 1 60 Mute.Trp 1 108 Koto 1

13 Marimba 1 61 Fr.Horn 1 109 Kalimba 1

14 Xylophon 1 62 BrasSect 1 110 Bagpipe 2

15 TubulBel 1 63 SynBras1 2 111 Fiddle 1

16 Dulcimer 2 64 SynBras2 2 112 Shanai 1

17 Organ DrawOrgn 1 65 Reed SprnoSax 1 113 Percussiv TnklBell 2

18 PercOrgn 1 66 Alto Sax 1 114 Agogo 1

19 RockOrgn 2 67 TenorSax 1 115 SteelDrm 2

20 ChrchOrg 2 68 Bari.Sax 1 116 WoodBlok 1

21 ReedOrgn 1 69 Oboe 1 117 TaikoDrm 1

22 Acordion 2 70 Eng.Horn 1 118 MelodTom 1

23 Harmnica 1 71 Bassoon 1 119 Syn.Drum 1

24 TangoAcd 2 72 Clarinet 1 120 RevCymbl 1

25 Guitar NylonGtr 1 73 Pipe Piccolo 1 121 Sound

Effect FretNoiz 1

26 SteelGtr 1 74 Flute 1 122 BrthNoiz 1

27 Jazz Gtr 1 75 Recorder 1 123 Seashore 2

28 CleanGtr 2 76 PanFlute 1 124 Tweet 2

29 Mute.Gtr 1 77 Bottle 2 125 Telphone 1

30 Ovrdrive 1 78 Shakhchi 1 126 Helicptr 2

31 Dist.Gtr 1 79 Whistle 1 127 Applause 2

32 GtrHarmo 1 80 Ocarina 1 128 Gunshot 1

33 Bass Aco.Bass 1 81 Synth Lead SquareLd 2

34 FngrBass 1 82 Saw.Lead 2

35 PickBass 1 83 CaliopLd 2

36 Fretless 1 84 Chiff Ld 2

37 SlapBas1 1 85 CharanLd 2

38 SlapBas2 1 86 Voice Ld 2

39 SynBass1 1 87 Fifth Ld 2

40 SynBass2 1 88 Bass &Ld 2

41 Strings Violin 1 89 Synth Pad NewAgePd 2

42 Viola 1 90 Warm Pad 2

43 Cello 1 91 PolySyPd 2

44 ContraBs 1 92 ChoirPad 2

45 Trem.Str 2 93 BowedPad 2

46 Pizz.Str 2 94 MetalPad 2

47 Harp 1 95 Halo Pad 2

48 Timpani 1 96 SweepPad 2

GM Keyboard Voice List

148

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

Number

Name

33 Acoustic

34 Rock 1

35 Hip-Hop

36 Industry

37 N.Y. 1

38 N.Y. 2

39 Country

40 BeBop

41 Rock 2

42 1970 kit

43 X-Fade

44 Studio

45 Dance 1

46 Dance 2

47 HHpDncMX

48 WldDncMX

49 IndustMX

50 Banana

51 LatinPer

52 Symphony

53 Latin

54 World 1

55 World 2

56 GM std 1

57 GM std 2

58 GM room

59 GM rock

60 GM elec.

61 GM anal.

62 GM jazz

63 GM brush

64 GM class

Number

Name

Acoustkt

RockLive

PowerKit

BigRoomD

RockDry1

RockDry2

RockDry3

RockDry4

RockDry5

HipDanse

HardGtBD

kick3itm

N.Y. 3

N.Y. 4

Livinlrg

Hats!dog

DownTown

Space123

SD!Panic

Reggae

Tabla

AlterPer

SFX 1

SFX 2

Piano

Vibe

SteelDrm

Strings

Bass

User kit

User Drum kits

(Rewritable) Preset Drum kits

Drum Kit List

33 Acoustic

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 151 ACTomH -33 1301

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 T 152 ACTomM 00301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000130

15 T 153 ACTomL 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000140

16 C 59 H OpnDW 2 -3 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000150

17 T 154 ACTomF 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000170

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 00000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 95 BDaftty2 00001

34 S 238 BuzRgRim -36 -1 0 0 1

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 111 BDbasc1 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 249 Cool Dry 01000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 113 Loosy -35 2000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 79 H Cls13 0 -1 1 0 1

43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 -1 0 0 1

46 C 57 H OpnL2 00101

47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 01001

48 T 1 Dry1 Hi 03001

49 C 40 CrashB 00001

50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 02001

51 C 13 Sizzler 0 -2 0 0 0

52 C 14 FlatTop 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽100001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 9 RidesizB 36 -2 0 0 0

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 6 Bell A ✽02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Preset Drum Kit

149

Appendix

35 Hip-Hop

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 68 Sub1 00001

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0000340

14 E 115 DIGERDO 01013

PAD2 TOM1 0 GrandPno (ch=16) 23 0

15 E 15 E Funky 01002

PAD3 TOM2 1 41 45 47 48 50 15 0

16 C 79 H Cls13 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 GrandPno (ch=16) 27 0

17 K 72 Sub5 06001

PAD5 TOM4 4 19 000000

18 K 104 BDurban1 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 E 106 KangrooL -54 2013

PAD7 CRASH 4 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 1 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 33 00000

23 P 1 P AgogCh 38 0001

PAD11 4 14 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 E 18 E OOOWWW 00002

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 176 AnHitRim 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 114 BDlong1 00401

34 S 5 Hip Hop 01001

35 K 8 BD DRYB1 04001

36 K 34 BD ELEC2 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 127 RoldGold 03000

39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1

40 S 127 RoldGold 48 1000

41 T 14 Jazz Mid 00001

42 C 75 H Cls01 0 -2 1 0 1

43 K 56 Pointy 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -1 0 0 1

46 C 61 H OpnLK 00101

47 T 14 Jazz Mid 03001

48 T 13 Jazz Hi 00001

49 E 50 LPscNoiz 00013

50 T 15 Jazz Lo 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 33 RidB Rc 10 -1 0 0 1

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 40 CrashB 00001

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 E 62 INDride3 36 13 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 T 175 Night L -30 -5 0 0 1

65 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 T 174 Night M 40 -1 0 0 1

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 T 173 Night H 01001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 72 P WHP 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 E 75 RaveWave 0 -1 0 1 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 E 16 E HipNs 00211

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 E 108 NYCLoop 21 0013

84 E 101 UptownL -10 0013

Corsefine

34 Rock 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 173 Night H 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 174 Night M 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000130

15 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000140

16 C 101 HHRoKcls 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000150

17T176Night F 00401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000170

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 55 00004983

20 C 104 FTsplsh1 -41 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21P46P Mtron -201001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 00000

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 98 SAmbie1 0 -1 0 0 0

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 60 2HeadLo 00001

34S210Fatbrim -360001

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 112 BDbasc2 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 227 Sheetmtl 32 -1 0 0 0

39P14P ClapA 04001

40 S 113 Loosy -35 1000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 76 H ClsNB1 0 -3 1 0 1

43 T 28 Room1Flr 00001

44 C 97 HHFTpdl1 0 -1 1 0 1

45 T 27 Room1 Lo 00001

46 C 100 HHRoKopn 00101

47 T 26 Room1Mid 0 -2 0 0 1

48 T 25 Room1 Hi 0 -1 0 0 1

49 C 40 CrashB 0 -2 0 0 1

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 C 39 C CrshAC 0 -2 0 0 1

53C33RidB Rc -260001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 42 China 0 -4 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 E 96 TymKeepr 00011

59C27SizzlRck -40001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70E97WetMetal 00011

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 E 9 E InsAmb 00011

73 E 33 E OrcHt1 0 -1 6 0 1

74 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -7 5 0 1

75 E 33 E OrcHt1 0 -3 6 0 1

76 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -9 5 0 1

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1

80E113FactryLP 00013

81 E 99 TakeOff 00201

82 E 70 AlienSp✽00013

83 C 6 Bell A ✽02001

84 E 72 LoMLoop✽00013

Corsefine

150

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

36 Industry

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 19 BD NN04C 00001

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 0 0 0 34 0

14 K 106 BDurban2 0 -2 0 1 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000790

15E17E Motor 00001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000840

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000150

17 E 102 Hollis L 01013

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 00001783

18 K 73 AnaQuick 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21P46P Mtron -201001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 13 0000

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0001

PAD11 4 71 73 74 76 0 0 0

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 206 Ambt1rim 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 106 BDurban2 01001

34 S 35 OpnRimD -7 0001

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 00001

36 K 93 BDvman 1 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 213 Enotype 00000

39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1

40 S 213 Enotype 13 -2 0 0 0

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 E 64 DogHats 00101

43 E 110 HellsBel 00013

44C91H PdlDW 00101

45T176Night F 02001

46 C 57 H OpnL2 00101

47 T 174 Night M 0 -6 0 0 1

48 T 173 Night H -35 -1 0 0 1

49 C 1 ChinaHi 02001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽10-2001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 2 CrshDRK 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 C 49 ReverseC 0 -5 0 0 1

59 C 12 Ridedrk 36 -1 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65P61P TimbL 00001

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 s 1 STRNG 4 40 1013

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -12 0 1 3

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 s 2 STRNG 3 02013

74 s 2 STRNG 3 0 -24 0 1 3

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 s 4 SStrngB4 0 -6 0 1 3

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 E 1 E CoolSA 0 -1 0 0 1

80P64P TriMut 00201

81P65P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83C43C Splsh1 00001

84E20E TV vo -370000

Corsefine

37 N.Y. 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 118 BDbass2 0 -12 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 K 118 BDbass2 0 -5 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 RockOrgn (ch=14) 19 0

15 K 118 BDbass2 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 RockOrgn (ch=14) 18 0

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000540

17 E 73 LoMsolo✽02013

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 0000170

18P47P Scrach 00401

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19P70P VibrS 00001

PAD7 CRASH 3 Fifth Ld (ch=15) 0

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21P46P Mtron -201001

PAD9 KICK 1 Synbass1 (cn=16) 0 0

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 1 52 49 00000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 E 99 TakeOff 00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34S224FX rim 260000

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 92 BDersko1 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 249 Cool Dry 01001

39P14P ClapA 04001

40 S 113 Loosy -35 2000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42C79H Cls13 00101

43 E 104 SwingnL 01013

44C91H PdlDW 00101

45 T 8 Dry2 Flr 00001

46 C 66 H OpnNB 00101

47 T 14 Jazz Mid 01001

48 T 13 Jazz Hi 02001

49 C 40 CrashB 00001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽10-1001

54 E 98 SloSprkl 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58P70P VibrS 00001

59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -1 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00000

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 62 P Timb 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73P39P GuiSht 09001

74P38P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76P71P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80P64P TriMut 00201

81P65P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 6 Bell A ✽02001

84P86Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

151

Appendix

38 N.Y. 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 30 P CowBAn 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 P 31 P CuicaH 02301

PAD2 TOM1 2 78 79 80 81 83 0 0

15 P 18 P CongaC 02001

PAD3 TOM2 2 71 73 74 76 0 0 0

16 P 50 P Shake2 04001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000330

17 E 113 FactryLP 00413

PAD5 TOM4 4 43 17 0 0 0 18 0

18 E 88 BreakOut 00001

PAD6 RIDE 1 BritePno (ch=13) 0

19 P 15 P ClvsA 03001

PAD7 CRASH 1 Orch.Hit (ch15) 0

20 P 14 P ClapA 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21 P 24 P CongBe 00001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 SynBass1 (ch16) 0 0 0

22 P 23 P CongC7 -19 1001

PAD10 0 59 000000

23 P 49 P Shake1 0 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 000000

24 P 49 P Shake1 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 57 Tekk 00001

26 S 52 Dance02 00011

27 S 58 Tekk 01 00001

28 S 55 Dance05 00011

29 S 53 Dance03 00011

30 C 93 H PdTit 00001

31 S 227 Sheetmtl 00000

32 S 44 S Gate2 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 109 BDevolvr 00001

34 S 228 Shmtlrim 00000

35 K 45 BDAnlg L 00001

36 K 16 BD KONG1 00001

37 S 42 S Gate 40 0001

38 S 227 Sheetmtl 00000

39 C 97 HHFTpdl1 04001

40 S 9 Wood65 03000

41 S 242 WackyEFX 00001

42 C 101 HHRoKcls 00101

43 E 105 KillnL 02013

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 154 ACTomF 00001

46 C 100 HHRoKopn 00101

47 S 241 Nashvill 06001

48 S 241 Nashvill 09001

49 T 168 HybridF 02001

50 S 241 Nashvill 0 14 0 0 1

51 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 0 0 1

52 C 16 FastCras 0 -3 0 0 1

53 T 172 IndTmF 0 -1 0 0 1

54 P 37 P FSnap2 00001

55 C 33 RidB Rc 01001

56 P 5 P Bell 00001

57 T 168 HybridF 02001

58 P 48 P ShakeA 00001

59 C 1 ChinaHi 36 0001

60 C 90 H PdlMu 00001

61 C 91 H PdlDW 00001

62 C 103 HHclsXfd 00001

63 C 94 H SplNB 01001

64 C 94 H SplNB 0 -3 0 0 1

65 P 39 P GuiSht 00001

66 P 39 P GuiSht 0 -8 0 0 1

67 C 86 H TiCls1 40 1001

68 C 86 H TiCls1 0 -4 0 0 1

69 C 92 H PdlLit 00001

70 P 22 P CongaS 00001

71 s 2 STRNG 3 0 -17 0 1 3

72 P 62 P Timb 02011

73 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -10 0 1 3

74 s 2 STRNG 3 00013

75 C 99 FTsplRK2 0 -2 0 0 1

76 s 4 SStrngB4 05013

77 s 1 STRNG 4 05013

78 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -22 0 1 3

79 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -15 0 1 3

80 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -7 2 1 3

81 s 1 STRNG 4 04213

82 P 27 P CowB1 00001

83 s 1 STRNG 4 0 -5 0 1 3

84 P 64 P TriMut 00000

Corsefine

39 Country

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13P52P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 40 0 0 34 0

14 E 101 UptownL 01013

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000230

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000180

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000330

17 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000170

18 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21P46P Mtron -201001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0001

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 55 WudPoint 00001

34 S 158 BigWdRim 20001

35 K 8 BD DRYB1 04001

36 K 95 BDaftty2 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 217 Woody 00000

39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1

40 S 135 Nashvill 13 -1 0 0 0

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42C79H Cls13 00101

43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -2 0 0 1

44C91H PdlDW 00101

45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 -3 0 0 1

46 C 66 H OpnNB 00101

47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 0 -1 0 0 1

48T1Dry1 Hi 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 0 -4 0 0 1

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 C 40 CrashB 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽10-1001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58P70P VibrS 00001

59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65P61P TimbL 00001

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73P39P GuiSht 09001

74P38P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76P71P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80P64P TriMut 00201

81P65P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83C43C Splsh1 00001

84P86Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

152

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

40 BeBop

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 17 BrshJzHi 57 2301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 18 BrshJzMd 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000130

15 T 19 BrshJzLo 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000140

16 C 59 H OpnDW 2 -3 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000170

17 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 28 25 0 0 0 27 0

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 27 0101

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 33 36 00000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 199 BrshHit2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00211

27 S 197 BrshHit1 00201

28 S 204 BrshAtak 00211

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 61 2HedMed1 00001

34 S 218 Woodyrim 21001

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 92 BDersko1 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 249 Cool Dry 01000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 9 Wood65 01000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 79 H Cls13 01101

43 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -4 0 0 1

44 C 88 H Pdl13 -28 -1 1 0 1

45 T 16 Jazz Flr 01001

46 C 59 H OpnDW -57 -2 1 0 1

47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 -1 0 0 1

48 T 13 Jazz Hi 00001

49 C 1 ChinaHi 00001

50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 02001

51 C 13 Sizzler 0 -2 0 0 0

52 C 3 DeepCym 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 32 RidB Drk 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 16 FastCras 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 0

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 2 CrshDRK 00001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

41 Rock 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 T 173 Night H 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 40 0 0 0 34 0

14 T 174 Night M 0 -1 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000130

15 T 175 Night L 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000140

16 C 101 HHRoKcls 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000150

17T176Night F 00401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000170

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 55 00004983

20 C 104 FTsplsh1 -41 -1 1 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21P46P Mtron -201001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 33 00000

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 98 SAmbie1 0 -1 0 0 0

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 16 BD KONG1 00001

34S170SnarfRim -360001

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 112 BDbasc2 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 227 Sheetmtl 32 -1 0 0 0

39P14P ClapA 04001

40 S 73 RockM -35 1000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42C79H Cls13 00101

43 T 28 Room1Flr 00001

44 C 89 H PdlNB 0 -1 1 0 1

45 T 27 Room1 Lo 00001

46 C 57 H OpnL2 50 0101

47 T 26 Room1Mid 0 -2 0 0 1

48 T 25 Room1 Hi 0 -1 0 0 1

49 C 40 CrashB 0 -2 0 0 1

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 C 39 C CrshAC 0 -2 0 0 1

53C33RidB Rc -260001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 42 China 0 -4 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 E 96 TymKeepr 00011

59C27SizzlRck -40001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70E97WetMetal 00011

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 E 9 E InsAmb 00011

73 E 11 E MotoM 0 -2 0 0 1

74 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -7 5 0 1

75 E 11 E MotoM 0 -4 0 0 1

76 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -9 5 0 1

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1

80E113FactryLP 00013

81 E 93 6AMBreth 00201

82 E 70 AlienSp✽00013

83 C 6 Bell A ✽02001

84 E 72 LoMLoop✽00013

Corsefine

153

Appendix

42 1970 kit

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 E 101 UptownL 01013

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000230

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000180

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000330

17 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000170

18 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 28 P CowB2 38 0001

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31S10S Dry 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 55 WudPoint 00001

34 S 158 BigWdRim 2 -3 0 0 1

35 K 8 BD DRYB1 05001

36 K 109 BDevolvr 0 -1 0 0 1

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 217 Woody 00000

39 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1

40 S 27 Pilow Sn 13 1000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 79 H Cls13 00101

43 T 158 TOMXfadF 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 157 TOMXfadL 0 -3 0 0 1

46 C 66 H OpnNB 00101

47 T 156 TOMXfadM 0 -1 0 0 1

48 T 155 TOMXfadH 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 0 -4 0 0 1

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 40 CrashB 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽10 -1 0 0 1

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 61 P TimbL 00001

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 43 C Splsh1 00001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

43 X-Fade

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 31 40 0 0 34 0

13 C 2 CrshDRK 00001

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000230

14P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000270

15 C 80 H ClsTc1 20001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000330

16 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 1 slapbas1 (ch13) 39 0

17 P 47 P Scrach 0 -1 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

18 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

19 C 94 H SplNB 0 -1 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 20 0 16 0

20 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

21 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

22 P 28 P CowB2 38 0001

PAD11 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

24 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

25 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

26 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

27 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

28 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

29 P 10 P Castnt 00001

30 S 9 Wood65 00000

31 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

32 K 55 WudPoint 00001

33 S 155 Steel -7 0001

34 K 8 BD DRYB1 04001

35 K 109 BDevolvr 00001

36 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

37 S 217 Woody 00000

38 E 32 E BrsHit 0 -5 0 0 1

39 S 238 BuzRgRim 13 -2 0 0 0

40 T 3 Dry1 Lo 00001

41 C 79 H Cls13 00101

42 K 56 Pointy 0 -2 0 0 1

43 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

44 T 158 TOMXfadF 0 -1 0 0 1

45 C 66 H OpnNB 00101

46 T 156 TOMXfadM 0 -1 0 0 1

47 T 155 TOMXfadH 00001

48 C 40 CrashB 00001

49 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

50 C 28 RideLite 00001

51 C 43 C Splsh1 0 -1 0 0 1

52 C 6 Bell A ✽10 -1 0 0 1

53 P 93 Tambourn 00001

54 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

55 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

56 C 40 CrashB 02001

57 P 70 P VibrS 00001

58 C 8 RidesizA 36 -2 0 0 1

59 P 7 P BongHi 00001

60 P 8 P BongLo 00001

61 P 20 P CongaM 00001

62 P 11 P Conga 01001

63 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

64 P 61 P TimbL 00001

65 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

66 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

67 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

68 P 82 Cabasa 00001

69 P 94 Maracas 00001

70 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

71 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

72 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

73 P 38 P Guiro 00011

74 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

75 P 71 P WBloc 00001

76 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

77 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

78 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

79 P 64 P TriMut 00201

80 P 65 P Triang 00201

81 P 49 P Shake1 00001

82 C 43 C Splsh1 00001

83 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

154

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

44 Studio

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 C 74 H QOPMu 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 20 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 51 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 54 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 26 Tosh Sn 00000

32 T 8 Dry2 Flr 00001

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34 S 4 Fat looz 04001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36 K 7 BD 24Dry 0 -2 0 0 1

37 T 5 Dry2 Hi 40 -2 0 0 1

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 13 1 0 1

43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 02001

44 C 92 H PdlLit 09101

45 T 3 Dry1 Lo 02001

46 C 67 H OPMu 0 10 1 0 1

47 T 2 Dry1 Mid 00001

48 T 1 Dry1 Hi 03001

49 C 41 PaperThn 02001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 48 Thrash 10 0001

54 T 7 Dry2 Lo 00001

55 C 44 C Splsh2 00001

56 T 6 Dry2 Mid 20 -3 0 0 1

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 44 C Splsh2 07001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

45 Dance 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000700

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000170

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000180

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 54 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 C 49 ReverseC 00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30P40P HiQ 00001

31 S 52 Dance02 03000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 36 BDDance1 00001

34 S 165 HiFive 00001

35 K 44 BDDance9 0 -2 0 0 1

36 K 37 BDDance2 00001

37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0001

38 S 55 Dance05 02000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 59 Tekk 02 00000

41 T 98 TEKK 1F 0 -4 0 0 1

42 C 84 H ClsA1 00101

43 T 105 TEKK 3L 00001

44 C 85 H ClsA2 00101

45 T 104 TEKK 3M 00001

46 C 69 H OpnAn 00101

47 T 103 TEKK 3H 00001

48 T 101 TEKK 2L 00001

49 C 45 AngCym 02001

50 T 95 TEKK 1H 04001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 34 Ride Anl 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 25 P Cong8H 00001

63 P 26 P Cong8L 01001

64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 91 AnMaracs 01001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 15 P ClvsA 02001

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 47 P Scrach 01001

79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

155

Appendix

46 Dance 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000820

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000190

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000180

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 43 P MarcsA 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 54 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 35 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 C 49 ReverseC 00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30P40P HiQ 00001

31 S 55 Dance05 03000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 37 BDDance2 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 44 BDDance9 0 -2 0 0 1

36 K 39 BDDance4 00001

37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0001

38 S 66 AnalogH1 02000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 67 AnalogL1 00000

41 T 98 TEKK 1F 0 -4 0 0 1

42 C 84 H ClsA1 00101

43 T 98 TEKK 1F 00001

44 C 85 H ClsA2 00101

45 T 97 TEKK 1L 00001

46 C 69 H OpnAn 00101

47 T 96 TEKK 1M 00001

48 T 95 TEKK 1H 00001

49 C 45 AngCym 02001

50 T 95 TEKK 1H 04001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 58 P TambA 00001

55 C 44 C Splsh2 02001

56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 34 Ride Anl 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 25 P Cong8H 00001

63 P 26 P Cong8L 01001

64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 91 AnMaracs 01001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 15 P ClvsA 02001

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 47 P Scrach 01001

79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

47 HHpDncMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 K 118 BDbass2 ** 0 -12 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 K 118 BDbass2 ** 0 -5 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 00000

15 K 118 BDbass2 ** 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 VoiceOoh (ch14) 00000

16 C 80 H ClsTc1 24001

PAD4 TOM3 4 43 0000170

17 E 73 LoMsolo✽02013

PAD5 TOM4 0 52 0000170

18 P 47 P Scrach 00401

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 70 P VibrS 00001

PAD7 CRASH 3 Orch.Hit (ch15) 0

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 16 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 1 SynBass1(ch16) 0 0 0

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 1 53 49 00000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 E 99 TakeOff ** 00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34 S 184 AnaWeRim ** 26 0000

35 K 7 BD 24Dry 04001

36 K 92 BDersko1 ** 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 249 Cool Dry ** 01001

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 104 SAna1 ** -35 2000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 79 H Cls13 00101

43 E 104 SwingnL 01013

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 8 Dry2 Flr 00001

46 C 66 H OpnNB 00101

47 T 14 Jazz Mid 01001

48 T 13 Jazz Hi 02001

49 C 40 CrashB 00001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 E 18 E OOOWWW 0 -1 0 0 1

53 C 6 Bell A ✽10 -1 0 0 1

54 E 98 SloSprkl 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

56 P 28 P CowB2 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 8 RidesizA 36 -1 0 0 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00000

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 62 P Timb 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 C 6 Bell A ✽02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

156

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

48 WldDncMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000540

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000320

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 4 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 4 49 00005583

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 52 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 58 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 51 Dance01 00000

32 E 30 E Door 06001

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34 S 56 Dance06 00001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36 K 89 BDRave10 00001

37 E 59 INDrave 40 0011

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 84 H ClsA1 00101

43 E 30 E Door 0 -6 0 0 1

44 C 88 H Pdl13 0 15 1 0 1

45 E 35 E NZE ✽02011

46 C 69 H OpnAn 00101

47 E 18 E OOOWWW 00001

48 E 13 E CBRadi 00001

49 E 104 SwingnL 02011

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 E 60 SDdark! 10 0001

54 E 14 E ComVc 00001

55 E 32 E BrsHit 05011

56 E 34 E Laugh 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 E 50 LPscNoiz 36 -1 0 1 1

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 T 117 ETMooRXL 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

49 IndustMX

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 E 84 Creature 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0 0 0 40 34 0

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000540

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000130

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 3

VoiceOoh (ch16)

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 2

SlapBas2 (ch15)

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 59 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 45 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 13 Looz Pic 00000

32 E 82 TineDrum 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34 S 5 Hip Hop 00001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36 K 103 BDNIN1 00001

37 E 50 LPscNoiz 40 0011

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43E20E TV vo 00002

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 E 85 AMRhythm 00001

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 S 28 Blaaaghf 0 -9 0 0 1

48 E 76 TablaX 00001

49 s 4 SStrngB4 00011

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 E 16 E HipNs 0 -1 0 0 1

55 k 9 SynPf 3 02001

56 E 35 E NZE ✽03011

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 b 2 SyBass1L 36 0011

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa ** 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 b 2 SyBass1L 00011

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 b 2 SyBass1L 01011

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 b 2 SyBass1L 03211

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 b 2 SyBass1L 05011

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 b 3 SyBass1H 05010

Corsefine

157

Appendix

50 Banana

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000540

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000320

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005583

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 79 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 70 Electrik 02000

32 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 6 BD GMM2 00001

34 S 6 BrassPic 00001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36 K 34 BD ELEC2 0 -1 0 0 1

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 0 13 1 0 1

43 P 67 P Udo F 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 92 H PdlLit 09101

45 P 68 P Udo H 0 -5 0 0 1

46 C 67 H OPMu 0 10 1 0 1

47 T 45 Tron Hi 00001

48 T 53 DRY GM5 00001

49 C 44 C Splsh2 02001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 02001

55 C 44 C Splsh2 00001

56 P 102 TalknDrD 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83-off off 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

51 LatinPer

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 64 0000200

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 65 0000560

15 P 6 P BongMu 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 66 0000550

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 57 0000520

17 P 12 P CongAn 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 28 0000580

18 P 22 P CongaS 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 67 0000680

19 P 21 P CongaO 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 79 00004954

20 P 19 P CongaH 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 63 47 59 0 0 62 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 33 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 81 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 60 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 61 000000

25 P 92 XfadeTri 00001

26 P 99 Tabla OV 00011

27 P 100 CongaMV 00001

28 P 69 P Udo L 0 -2 0 1 1

29 P 103 TalknDrU 00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 9 Wood65 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 61 2HedMed1 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 P 22 P CongaS 04001

36 P 24 P CongBe 0 -4 0 0 1

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 P 25 P Cong8H -29 0000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 P 26 P Cong8L 03000

41 P 28 P CowB2 00001

42 C 79 H Cls13 00101

43 P 35 P EthWB 00001

44 C 88 H Pdl13 00101

45 P 41 P Log H 00001

46 C 63 H OpnLA2 00101

47 P 42 P Log L 00001

48 P 54 P TablaH 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 P 56 P TablaN 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 P 57 P TablaO 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 P 63 P TimCas 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 P 68 P Udo H 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 P 69 P Udo L 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -4 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 96 Tabla BL 00001

77 P 66 P CongaG 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

158

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

52 Symphony

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13P52P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0000160

14P53P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000760

15k2Marimba 04001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000770

16P72P WHP 00001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000590

17k2Marimba 07401

PAD5 TOM4 0 35 0000580

18k2Marimba 09401

PAD6 RIDE 0 81 00005180

19 k 2 Marimba 0 10 0 0 1

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 E 7 E Gun 3 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 40 46 44 46 0 54 0

21 E 7 E Gun 3 00001

PAD9 KICK 0 33 000000

22P45P MtBel -191001

PAD10 0 83 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 16 SnareM 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 P 17 P BassDr 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 49 GrnCassa 0 -4 0 0 1

36 K 50 GrCMute 00001

37S48S SStck2 400001

38 S 26 Tosh Sn 00000

39P14P ClapA 04001

40P76P TimpH 04000

41 T 12 Lite Flr 0 -4 0 0 1

42C78H ClsMu 00101

43 P 78 P GranC 0 -3 0 0 1

44C90H PdlMu 00101

45 P 77 P TimpL 0 -4 0 0 1

46P76P TimpH 04101

47P77P TimpL 01001

48P76P TimpH 00001

49 C 51 HCymOpnL 05001

50P76P TimpH 04001

51C28RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53C31RidB Lit 100001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 40 CrashB 01001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 53 HCymOpnM 02001

58P70P VibrS 00001

59 C 52 HCymClsL 36 4001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73P39P GuiSht 09001

74P38P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76P71P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78P31P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80P64P TriMut 00201

81P65P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84P86Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

53 Latin

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 0 -2 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 -8 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15 P 52 P SurdoM 00001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16 P 53 P Surdo 02001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 1 P AgogCh 0 -3 4 0 1

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 S 162 LesRim 05401

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 27 P CowB1 04001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 10 P Castnt 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -5 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 41 P Log H -19 16 0 0 1

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 000000

24 P 42 P Log L 0 16 0 0 1

PAD12 0 68 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 P 6 P BongMu 00001

27 P 18 P CongaC 0 -1 0 0 1

28 P 19 P CongaH 00001

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽0-5011

30 P 22 P CongaS 00001

31 S 24 SnareL2 00000

32 P 35 P EthWB 02001

33 K 8 BD DRYB1 00001

34 S 122 AmbiRim 0 -1 0 0 1

35 K 94 BDaftty1 0 -6 0 0 1

36 K 77 BigSofty 03001

37 S 47 S SStck1 40 0001

38 S 9 Wood65 00000

39 P 13 P Clap8 02001

40 S 82 S RO_S 04000

41 T 4 Dry1 Flr 00001

42 C 77 H ClsNB2 00101

43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 04001

44 C 89 H PdlNB 00101

45 T 4 Dry1 Flr 08001

46 C 57 H OpnL2 02101

47 T 3 Dry1 Lo 06001

48 T 3 Dry1 Lo 09001

49 C 39 C CrshAC 02001

50 T 3 Dry1 Lo 0 14 0 0 1

51 C 3 DeepCym 00001

52 C 1 ChinaHi 0 -8 0 0 1

53 C 32 RidB Drk 02001

54 P 59 P Tambrn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 41 PaperThn 01001

56 P 28 P CowB2 0 -4 0 0 1

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 0 -4 0 0 1

59 C 13 Sizzler 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 22 P CongaS 0 -4 0 0 1

63 P 21 P CongaO 0 -1 0 0 1

64 P 21 P CongaO 0 -6 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -4 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -10 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 -6 0 0 1

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -12 0 0 1

69 P 9 P Cabasa 00001

70 P 44 P Marcs 00001

71 P 73 P Whist 05011

72 P 73 P Whist 0 -1 0 1 1

73 P 39 P GuiSht 0 -1 0 0 1

74 P 38 P Guiro 0 -6 0 0 1

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 63 P TimCas 01001

77 P 66 P CongaG 0 -1 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 04001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -4 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 0 -5 0 0 1

83 P 49 P Shake1 0 -19 0 0 1

84 P 81 P WCHim 0 -7 0 0 0

Corsefine

159

Appendix

54 World 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 40 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 0 -9 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 65 0000370

15 P 26 P Cong8L 0 -20 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 66 0000560

16 P 55 P TablaM 0 -8 0 0 1

PAD4 TOM3 0 43 0000320

17 P 57 P TablaO 02401

PAD5 TOM4 0 71 0000520

18 P 55 P TablaM 00401

PAD6 RIDE 0 67 0000530

19 P 56 P TablaN 00001

PAD7 CRASH 0 54 00005554

20 P 54 P TablaH 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 69 82 44 46 0 70 0

21 P 42 P Log L 0 -6 0 0 1

PAD9 KICK 0 33 28 00000

22 P 42 P Log L -19 1001

PAD10 0 59 000000

23 P 41 P Log H 03001

PAD11 0 19 000000

24 P 41 P Log H 08001

PAD12 0 17 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 04001

26 P 69 P Udo L 0 -2 0 0 1

27 P 69 P Udo L 00001

28 P 68 P Udo H 0 -2 0 0 1

29 P 68 P Udo H 00001

30 P 67 P Udo F 00001

31 S 239 Philydry 00000

32 P 67 P Udo F 02001

33 K 21 BD ROOM2 00001

34 S 156 SteelRim 00001

35 K 60 2HeadLo 00001

36 K 63 2HeadHi 03001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 28 Blaaaghf 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 207 Powerpic 03000

41 T 4 Dry1 Flr 0 -1 0 0 1

42 C 76 H ClsNB1 00101

43 T 4 Dry1 Flr 02001

44 C 89 H PdlNB 00101

45 T 4 Dry1 Flr 07001

46 C 68 H Opn13 00101

47 T 3 Dry1 Lo 05001

48 T 2 Dry1 Mid 02001

49 C 23 FasCrash 03001

50 T 1 Dry1 Hi 05001

51 C 5 Rider3 00001

52 C 36 MinChina 0 -8 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 0 -1 0 0 1

54 P 59 P Tambrn 00001

55 C 47 C FX02 01001

56 P 28 P CowB2 00001

57 C 38 C Crash 02001

58 C 53 HCymOpnM 00001

59 C 27 SizzlRck 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 0 -2 0 0 1

61 P 8 P BongLo 0 -2 0 0 1

62 P 22 P CongaS 0 -1 0 0 1

63 P 21 P CongaO 00001

64 P 21 P CongaO 0 -5 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 60 P TimbH 0 -12 0 0 1

67 P 2 P AgogH1 40 0001

68 P 2 P AgogH1 0 -6 0 0 1

69 P 49 P Shake1 0 -7 0 0 1

70 P 49 P Shake1 0 -2 0 0 1

71 E 86 TungDrum 0 -4 0 0 1

72 E 86 TungDrum 02001

73 P 75 P TalkD 0 -10 0 0 1

74 P 75 P TalkD 0 -4 0 0 1

75 P 75 P TalkD 00001

76 P 75 P TalkD 03001

77 P 75 P TalkD 09001

78 E 115 DIGERDO 00011

79 E 82 TineDrum 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 0 -9 0 0 1

84 E 82 TineDrum 0 -13 0 0 0

Corsefine

55 World 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 23 P CongC7 0 -13 3 0 1

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 23 P CongC7 0 -8 3 0 1

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15 P 55 P TablaM 0 -2 0 0 1

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16 P 57 P TablaO 01001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 57 P TablaO 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 55 P TablaM 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 56 P TablaN 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 56 P TablaN 00001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 54 P TablaH 00001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 2 P AgogH1 -19 -13 0 0 1

PAD10 0 35 000000

23 P 2 P AgogH1 0 -8 0 0 1

PAD11 0 52 000000

24 P 44 P Marcs 0 -11 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 P 44 P Marcs 0 -19 0 0 1

26 P 49 P Shake1 0 -8 0 0 1

27 P 49 P Shake1 0 -12 0 0 1

28 P 42 P Log L 0 -20 0 0 1

29 P 42 P Log L 0 -11 0 0 1

30 P 42 P Log L 0 -8 0 0 1

31 P 41 P Log H 0 -8 0 0 0

32 P 41 P Log H 0 -1 0 0 1

33 P 53 P Surdo 0 -9 0 0 1

34 P 35 P EthWB 00001

35 P 7 P BongHi 05001

36 P 6 P BongMu 00001

37 P 7 P BongHi 40 -3 0 0 1

38 P 6 P BongMu 0 -4 0 0 0

39 P 8 P BongLo 0 -1 0 0 1

40 P 18 P CongaC 03000

41 P 18 P CongaC 00001

42 P 22 P CongaS 01101

43 P 22 P CongaS 0 -1 0 0 1

44 P 22 P CongaS 0 -4 1 0 1

45 P 21 P CongaO 02001

46 P 19 P CongaH 02101

47 P 21 P CongaO 0 -1 0 0 1

48 P 21 P CongaO 0 -6 0 0 1

49 P 19 P CongaH 00001

50 P 21 P CongaO 0 -11 0 0 1

51 P 66 P CongaG 05001

52 P 66 P CongaG 0 -2 0 0 1

53 P 61 P TimbL 0 -11 0 0 1

54 P 62 P Timb 0 -12 0 0 1

55 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

56 P 62 P Timb 0 -9 0 0 1

57 P 60 P TimbH 0 -8 0 0 1

58 P 62 P Timb 0 -3 0 0 1

59 P 62 P Timb 36 0001

60 P 60 P TimbH 0 -4 0 0 1

61 P 62 P Timb 05001

62 P 60 P TimbH 00001

63 P 63 P TimCas 0 -2 0 0 1

64 P 63 P TimCas 00001

65 P 69 P Udo L 0 -3 0 0 1

66 P 69 P Udo L 00001

67 P 68 P Udo H 40 0001

68 P 68 P Udo H 06001

69 P 67 P Udo F 0 -3 0 0 1

70 P 67 P Udo F 01001

71 E 86 TungDrum 0 -5 0 0 1

72 E 86 TungDrum 02001

73 E 86 TungDrum 09001

74 E 82 TineDrum 0 -8 0 0 1

75 E 82 TineDrum 0 -4 0 0 1

76 E 82 TineDrum 02001

77 E 115 DIGERDO 0 -8 0 1 1

78 E 115 DIGERDO 0 -3 0 1 1

79 E 83 MetalDip 0 -6 0 0 1

80 P 81 P WCHim 0 -3 0 0 1

81 P 81 P WCHim 0 -17 0 0 1

82 P 65 P Triang 0 -11 0 0 1

83 P 85 JingBell 0 -8 0 0 1

84 P 86 Bell Tre 0 -24 0 0 0

Corsefine

160

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

56 GM std 1

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Corsefine Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 33 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 16 SnareM 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33K5BD GML 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36K3BD GMH 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 50 DRY GM2 00001

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 T 51 DRY GM3 00001

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 52 DRY GM4 00001

48 T 53 DRY GM5 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 61001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

57 GM std 2

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 33 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 67 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 68 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 81 SnRoll2✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 26 Tosh Sn 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 62 2HedMed2 00001

34 S 34 OpnRimC 00001

35 K 6 BD GMM2 04001

36 K 1 BD DRY 1 0 -4 0 0 1

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 14 Wood Sn -29 0000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 03000

41 T 49 DRY GM1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 50 DRY GM2 00001

44 C 88 H Pdl13 00101

45 T 51 DRY GM3 00001

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 52 DRY GM4 00001

48 T 53 DRY GM5 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 54 DRY GM6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

161

Appendix

58 GM room

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 16 SnareM 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33K5BD GML 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35K4BD GMM 00001

36 K 16 BD KONG1 -27 0001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 14 Wood Sn 0 -2 0 0 0

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 45 0000

41 T 55 Room 1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 56 Room 2 00001

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 T 57 Room 3 00001

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 58 Room 4 00001

48 T 59 Room 5 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 60 Room 6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 1001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

59 GM rock

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 73 RockM 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 30 BD GATE2 02001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 16 BD KONG1 00001

36 K 28 BD Metal 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 110 BeatyRim 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 15 12Soprno 12 0000

41 T 61 Rock 1 00001

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 62 Rock 2 00001

44 C 91 H PdlDW 00101

45 T 63 Rock 3 00001

46 C 60 H OpnL3 00101

47 T 64 Rock 4 00001

48 T 65 Rock 5 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 66 Rock 6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 27 SizzlRck 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

162

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

60 GM elec.

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 18 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 C 49 ReverseC 00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30P40P HiQ 00001

31 S 157 BigWood 00000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33K3BD GMH 00001

34 S 144 SlapyRim 00001

35 K 31 BD GATE3 00001

36 K 32 BD GateM 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 74 RockL 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 72 RockH 12 0000

41 T 67 E Tom1 00001

42 C 77 H ClsNB2 00101

43 T 68 E Tom2 00001

44 C 88 H Pdl13 00101

45 T 69 E Tom3 00001

46 C 56 H OpnL1 00101

47 T 70 E Tom4 00001

48 T 71 E Tom5 00001

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 72 E Tom6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 30 RideRock 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 47 P Scrach 01001

79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

61 GM anal.

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 38 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 54 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 78 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 C 49 ReverseC 00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30P40P HiQ 00001

31 S 74 RockL 03000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 19 BD NN04C 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 45 BDAnlg L 0 -2 0 0 1

36 K 46 BDAnlg H 00001

37 S 65 AnSStick 40 0001

38 S 66 AnalogH1 02000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 67 AnalogL1 00000

41 T 73 AnlgTom1 00001

42 C 84 H ClsA1 00101

43 T 74 AnlgTom2 00001

44 C 85 H ClsA2 00101

45 T 75 AnlgTom3 00001

46 C 71 H OpnAMu 00101

47 T 76 AnlgTom4 00001

48 T 77 AnlgTom5 00001

49 C 45 AngCym 02001

50 T 78 AnlgTom6 00001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 30 P CowBAn 32 2001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 25 P Cong8H 00001

63 P 26 P Cong8L 01001

64 P 26 P Cong8L -30 -1 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 91 AnMaracs 01001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 15 P ClvsA 02001

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 47 P Scrach 01001

79 P 47 P Scrach 0 -4 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

163

Appendix

62 GM jazz

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000560

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000320

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 53 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 56 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 16 SnareM 01000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33K5BD GML 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 4 BD GMM 0 -1 0 0 1

36K10BD GMJ 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 16 SnareM 00000

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 17 SnareH 12 0000

41 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -6 0 0 1

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 16 Jazz Flr 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 T 15 Jazz Lo 0 -1 0 0 1

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 14 Jazz Mid 0 -1 0 0 1

48 T 13 Jazz Hi 0 -1 0 0 1

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 13 Jazz Hi 03001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 1001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

63 GM brush

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 28 0000390

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000310

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000250

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000380

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000520

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 36 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 26 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 84 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 97 BrshSlpL 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33K5BD GML 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 4 BD GMM 0 -1 0 0 1

36 K 15 BD Soft 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 97 BrshSlpL 00000

39 S 88 S Brsh H 00001

40 S 95 BrshTap2 12 0000

41 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -7 0 0 1

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 20 BrshJzFl 0 -2 0 0 1

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 T 19 BrshJzLo 0 -2 0 0 1

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 18 BrshJzMd 0 -2 0 0 1

48 T 17 BrshJzHi 0 -2 0 0 1

49 C 38 C Crash 02001

50 T 17 BrshJzHi 03001

51 C 28 RideLite 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 0 -1 0 0 1

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 40 CrashB 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 25 SizzlLit 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

164

Appendix

Key-on Mode 0:stack, 1:alter, 2:stack MN, 3:alter MN, 4:hold

Note Number Numbers indicate ch10 Drum Voice, voice names indicate keyboard voices other than from ch10

Key mode 0:Poly, 1:Semi(2), 2:Mono, 3:Hi Mono

Key off 0:disable, 1:enable

Style No.

Category Style name Tempo

1 Rock & Pop RP Hop 92

2 RP FunkS 105

3 RP Dirge 78

4 RP N.Y.! 106

5 RP Rhino 120

6 RP Judge 100

7 RP Earth 111

8 RP Troll 180

9 RP SeeYa 150

10 RP Mouth 134

11 RP Party 154

12 RP GetUp 120

13 RP Rozza 110

14 RP Faces 128

15 RP Start 120

16 RP Candy 148

17 RP RkBgy 152

18 Latin LA Batuc 120

19 LA Brasl 115

20 LA Cha 1 120

21 LA Cha 2 125

22 LA Cha 3 135

23 LA Parsa 150

24 LA Mmbo1 105

25 LA Mmbo2 112

26 LA Meren 140

27 LA Mozam 125

28 LA Smba1 98

29 LA Soca 120

30 LA Songo 108

31 LA Cmbia 100

32 LA Rmba1 110

33 LA Ska 170

34 LA Tejan 130

35 LA Salsa 185

36 LA Smba2 120

37 LA Bossa 120

38 LA TinRk 132

39 LA Rmba2 116

40 LA Tango 132

41 Dance DA Club 140

42 DA House 130

43 DA Wintr 115

44 DA Jazzy 115

45 DA AcidJ 102

46 DA Dark? 92

47 DA JackS 112

48 DA Mage! 120

49 DA ABCDE 120

50 DA Disco 120

51 DA Train 106

52 DA Coast 120

Preset Style List

64 GM class

Drum Voice (ch10)

PAD ASSIGNMENT

Note Pitch Alt Key Key

Trigger Input Key-on Note Number (0: off)

Number Voice Name Grp Off mode

Mode 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th RIM MUTE

13 P 52 P SurdoM 00301

PAD1 SNARE 0 31 0000340

14 P 53 P Surdo 02301

PAD2 TOM1 0 48 0000370

15P40P HiQ 02001

PAD3 TOM2 0 47 0000540

16P72P WHP 24001

PAD4 TOM3 0 45 0000520

17 P 47 P Scrach 04401

PAD5 TOM4 0 43 0000580

18 P 47 P Scrach 0 -2 4 0 1

PAD6 RIDE 0 59 0000530

19 P 37 P FSnap2 03001

PAD7 CRASH 0 49 00005554

20 P 36 P FSnap1 09001

PAD8 H.HAT (H.Hat) 46 42 44 46 0 46 0

21 P 46 P Mtron -20 1001

PAD9 KICK 0 35 000000

22 P 45 P MtBel -19 1001

PAD10 0 53 000000

23 P 71 P WBloc 38 11 0 0 1

PAD11 0 76 000000

24 P 71 P WBloc 0 15 0 0 1

PAD12 0 77 000000

25 S 95 BrshTap2 00001

26 S 92 BrSwL✽00011

27 S 97 BrshSlpL 00001

28 S 93 BrSwH✽00011

29 S 80 SnrRoll✽00011

30 P 10 P Castnt 00001

31 S 16 SnareM 02000

32 S 46 S STK_HT 0 -1 0 0 1

33 K 8 BD DRYB1 00001

34 S 31 OpnRim 00001

35 K 49 GrnCassa 00001

36 K 50 GrCMute 00001

37 S 48 S SStck2 40 0001

38 S 26 Tosh Sn 0 -1 0 0 0

39 P 14 P ClapA 04001

40 S 21 MrcSnrH 12 0000

41 T 12 Lite Flr 0 -4 0 0 1

42 C 78 H ClsMu 00101

43 T 12 Lite Flr 00001

44 C 90 H PdlMu 00101

45 T 11 Lite Lo 00001

46 C 67 H OPMu 00101

47 T 10 Lite Mid 00001

48 T 9 Lite Hi 00001

49 C 51 HCymOpnL 02001

50 T 9 Lite Hi 04001

51 C 55 HCym2 00001

52 C 42 China 0 -2 0 0 1

53 C 31 RidB Lit 10 0001

54 P 93 Tambourn 00001

55 C 43 C Splsh1 02001

56 P 27 P CowB1 20 0001

57 C 53 HCymOpnM 02001

58 P 70 P VibrS 00001

59 C 52 HCymClsL 36 0001

60 P 7 P BongHi 00001

61 P 8 P BongLo 00001

62 P 20 P CongaM 00001

63 P 11 P Conga 01001

64 P 11 P Conga -30 -3 0 0 1

65 P 60 P TimbH 0 -5 0 0 1

66 P 61 P TimbL 0 -8 0 0 1

67 P 3 P AgogH2 40 1001

68 P 3 P AgogH2 0 -4 0 0 1

69 P 82 Cabasa 00001

70 P 94 Maracas 00001

71 P 83 SWhistH✽02011

72 P 84 SWhistL✽02011

73 P 39 P GuiSht 09001

74 P 38 P Guiro 00011

75 P 16 P Clvs 0 -2 0 0 1

76 P 71 P WBloc 00001

77 P 71 P WBloc 0 -6 0 0 1

78 P 31 P CuicaH 00001

79 P 32 P CuicaL 0 -1 0 0 1

80 P 64 P TriMut 00201

81 P 65 P Triang 00201

82 P 49 P Shake1 00001

83 P 85 JingBell 02001

84 P 86 Bell Tre 04000

Corsefine

165

Appendix

Preset Song List

Style No.

Category Style name Tempo

53 Ballad BA Llade 76

54 BA Group 108

55 BA LovIt 100

56 BA Grand 90

57 BA Magma 110

58 BA Venus 64

59 BA Human 72

60 BA RioDJ 90

61 BA Witby 67

62 BA RWalz 106

63 BA EWalz 90

64 Hard Rock HR Speed 235

65 HR Drive 148

66 HR HurtN 70

67 HR Piles 132

68 HR BoogE 200

69 HR Help! 90

70 Rock & Roll RR Crock 162

71 RR Billy 125

72 RR Gravy 128

73 RR Jngle 107

74 RR BgWgy 165

75 Rhythm & Blues RB Good! 142

76 RB Going 100

77 RB Funky 100

78 RB Brass 100

79 RB NFunk 96

80 RB JFunk 120

81 RB CFS01 122

82 RB Blues 94

83 RB SBlus 67

84 RB South 60

85 RB Free! 128

86 Jazz JA Elope 120

87 JA Afro 100

88 JA Trio 200

89 JA Dook! 214

90 JA Bebop 140

91 JA Dixie 112

92 JA Zzz.. 102

93 JA Vince 180

94 JA WFuse 106

95 JA EFuse 123

96 Reggae RE Cycle 144

97 RE Tired 94

98 RE Gular 107

99 World WO Ghan1 155

100 WO Ghan2 150

101 WO HiLif 130

102 WO India 120

103 WO Ju-Ju 120

104 WO Sowet 106

105 WO Zydco 195

106 WO NuOrl 93

107 WO Grass 120

108 WO Polka 126

109 WO Mrch 126

110 WO Waltz 180

No. Name Repeat Play Recorded Track

1 CityDogs Linear Track

(TR1,TR2)

2 Vee Bop

3 NYC BOYZ

4 Whirled

5 FeelNite

6 Straight

7 HR 01 Pattern

(Rhythm,

Bass, Chord)

Pattern

(Rhythm,

Bass, Chord)

8 HR 02

9 HR 03

10 HR 04

11 HR 05

12 BA 01 ○

13 BA 02

14 BA 03

15 BA 04

16 BA 05

17 BA 06

18 BA 07

19 RP 01

20 RP 02

21 RP 03

22 RP 04

23 RP 05

24 RP 06

25 RP 07

26 RP 08

27 RP 09

28 DA 01

29 DA 02

30 DA 03

31 DA 04

32 DA 05

33 DA 06

34 DA 07

35 DA 08

36 LA 01

37 LA 02

38 LA 03

39 LA 04

40 LA 05

41 LA 06

42 LA 07

43 LA 08

44 LA 09

45 LA 10

46 LA 11

47 LA 12

48 LA 13

49 LA 14

50 RB 01

51 RB 02

52 RB 03

53 RB 04

54 RB 05

55 RB 06

56 RB 07

57 RB 08

58 RB 09

59 RB 10

60 RR 01

61 RR 02

62 JA 01

63 JA 02 ○

64 JA 03 ○

65 JA 04

66 JA 05 ○

67 JA 06

68 JA 07 ○

69 JA 08 ○

70 JA 09

71 RE 01

72 RE 02

73 WO 01

74 WO 02

75 WO 03

76 WO 04

77 WO 05

78 WO 06

79 WO 07

80 WO 08

81 8 Beat ○ Linear Track

(TR1,TR2)

82 Shuffle1 ○

83 Funk 1 ○

84 Funk 2 ○

85 Funk 3 ○

86 Funk 4 ○

87 Funk 5 ○

88 Funk 6 ○

89 Ballad 1 ○

90 Ballad 2

91 Samba FU

92 Fusion 1 ○

93 Fusion 2 ○

94 Shuffle2 ○

95 Shuffle3 ○

96 SlowRock

97 Jazz 1 ○

98 Jazz 2 ○

99 Jazz 3 ○

100 Jazz 4 ○

No. Name Repeat Play Recorded Track

166

Appendix

Drum Kit Name:

INPUT 123456789101112

PAD Type

PAD Gain

Level Range

Velocity Range

Velocity Curve

Self Rejection

Rejection

Spec. Rejection

1st Note

Voice

Gate Time

MIDI

2nd Note

Voice

MIDI

3rd Note

Voice

MIDI

4th Note

Voice

MIDI

5th Note

Voice

MIDI

RIM Note

Voice

MIDI

MUTE Note

Voice

MIDI

Key-on Mode

Vel. X-Fade

RIM Mode

RIM Velocity

PAD Function

FS Function FC Function HiHat Control

FS MIDI FC MIDI

FS HiHat Cls. FC Sensitivity

Drum Kit Trigger Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)

167

Appendix

Drum Kit Voice Edit Parameter (Blank Chart)

Drum Kit Name:

Note

No. Voice Volume Pan Pitch

C F Reverb

Send Modify Filter Decay Key

Mode Alternate

Group Key off Out Port

No. Name

Root

Reverb Return Send Prog. Change Send Pan

Note

Reverb Type Send Bank Select Send Cntrl Change

Reverb Time Send Volume

168

Appendix

〇 0 - 127

＊＊＊＊＊＊＊



〇 



× 



〇 



× 

〇 

× 

〇 0 - 127



〇 



× 



〇 



× 

〇 ( 123 - 127 )

〇 

× 

: True number

: Song Position

: Song Select

: Tune

: Clock

: Commands

: Local On/Off

: All Notes Off

: Active Sense

: Reset

Program

Change

System Exclusive

System

Common

System

Real Time

Aux

Messages

Mode 2: OMNI ON, MONO

Mode 4: OMNI OFF, MONO

Mode 1: OMNI ON, POLY

Mode 3: OMNI OFF, POLY

〇 : Yes

× : No



Notes : (*1) ; assignable

0, 1, 6, 7

10, 11, 64

71, 72, 73

74, 84, 91

100, 101

120

121

1 - 119

Control Change



〇 (*1)

〇 

〇

All sound off

Reset All Controllers

Default

Changed

Default

Messages

Altered

: True voice

Note on

Note off

Key's

Ch's

Basic

Channel

Mode

Note

Number

Velocity

After

Touch

Pitch Bender

Function... Transmitted Recognized Remarks

1 - 16 



3

× 



0 - 127



〇 v = 1 - 127

×



× 



〇

5, 6, 7, 10

1 - 16



× 

＊＊＊＊＊＊＊



0 - 127



〇 9nH, v = 1 - 127

× 9nH, v = 0



× 

〇 (*1) 



〇 (*1)

memorized

7 bit resolution

YAMAHA [ Drum Trigger Module ]

Model : DTX MIDI ImplementationChart Date: 9-Jan-1996

Version: 1.0

INDONESIA

PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor)

PT. Nusantik

Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot

Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia

Tel: 21-520-2577

KOREA

Cosmos Corporation

#131-31, Neung-Dong, Sung Dong-ku, Seoul

Korea

Tel: 02-466-0021-5

MALAYSIA

Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

LOT 8. JALAN PERBANDARAN SS6

47301 PETALING JAYA

SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN

MALAYSIA

Tel: 3-703-0900

PHILIPPINES

Yupangco Music Corporation

339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,

Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines

Tel: 819-7551

SINGAPORE

Yamaha Music (Asia) Pte., Ltd.

80 Tannery Lane

Singapore 1334

Singapore

Tel: 747-4374

TAIWAN

Kung Hsue She Trading Co., Ltd.

No. 322, Section 1, Fu Hsing S. Road,

Taipei 106, Taiwan. R.O.C.

Tel: 02-709-1266

THAILAND

SIAM MUSIC YAMAHA CO., LTD.

RS TOWER

17TH FL. 121/60-61 Rachadaphisek Rd.,

Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320

THAILAND

Tel: 2-641-2951

THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation,

International Marketing Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430

Tel: 053-460-2314

OCEANIA

AUSTRALIA

Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.

17-33 Market Street, South Melbourne, Vic. 3205,

Australia

Tel: 3-699-2388

NEW ZEALAND

MUSIC HOUSES OF (N.Z.) LTD.

NEW P.O.BOX. NO. 6246

WELLESLEY ST.

NEW ZEALAND

146/148 Captain Springs Rd. Auckland

Tel: 9-634-0099

COUNTRIES AND TRUST

TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN

Yamaha Corporation,

International Marketing Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430

Tel: 053-460-2314

SPAIN

Yamaha-Hazen Electronica Musical, S.A.

Jorge Juan 30, 28001, Madrid, Spain

Tel: 91-577-7270

PORTUGAL

Valentim de Carvalho CI SA

Estrada de Porto Salvo, Paço de Arcos 2780 Oeiras,

Portugal

Tel: 01-443-3398/4030/1823

GREECE

Philippe Nakas S.A.

Navarinou Street 13, P.Code 10680, Athens, Greece

Tel: 01-364-7111

SWEDEN

Yamaha Scandinavia AB

J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1

Box 30053, 400 43 Göteborg, Sweden

Tel: 031-496090

DENMARK

YS Copenhagen Liaison Office

Finsensvej 86, DK-2000 Frederiksberg, Denmark

Tel: 31-87 30 88

FINLAND

Fazer Music Inc.

Aleksanterinkatu 11,

SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland

Tel: 0435 011

NORWAY

Narud Yamaha AS

Østemdalen 29, 1345 Østerås, Norway

Tel: 67 14 47 90

ICELAND

Skifan H.F.

Skifunni 17 Reykjavik, Iceland

Tel: 525 5000

OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES

Yamaha Europa GmbH.

Siemensstraße 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of

Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

AFRICA

Yamaha Corporation,

International Marketing Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430

Tel: 053-460-2314

MIDDLE EAST

TURKEY/CYPRUS

Yamaha Musique France, Division Export

BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2, France

Tel: 01-64-61-4000

OTHER COUNTRIES

Yamaha Corporation,

International Marketing Division

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430

Tel: 053-460-2314

ASIA

HONG KONG

Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.

11th Floor, Tower 1, Silvercord,

30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui,

Kowloon, Hong Kong

Tel: 730-1098

NORTH AMERICA

CANADA

Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.

135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,

M1S 3R1, Canada

Tel: 416-298-1311

U.S.A.

Yamaha Corporation of America,

Band and Orchestral Division

3445 East Paris Avenue, SE P.O. Box 899

Grand Raplds, M149512-0899, U.S.A.

Tel: 616-940-4900

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA

MEXICO

Yamaha De Mexico S.A. De C.V.,

Departamento de ventas

Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del

Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F.

Tel: 686-00-33

BRASIL

Yamaha Musical Do Brasil LTDA.

Ave. Reboucas 2636, São Paulo, Brasil

Tel: 55-11 853-1377

ARGENTINA

YAMAHA MUSIC ARGENTINA S. A.

Viamonte 1145 Piso 2-B

Buenos Aires, Argentina

Tel: 54-1-371-7021

OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES

AND CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES

YAMAHA DE PANAMA S. A.

Apartad Postal 8448

Zona 7 PANAMA

R.U.C. 1188-164-125656

Tel: 507-69-5311

EUROPE

THE UNITED KINGDOM

Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd.

Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,

MK7 8BL, England

Tel: 0908-366700

IRELAND

Danfay Ltd.

61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co.

Dublin

Tel: 01-2859177

GERMANY/SWITZERLAND

Yamaha Europa GmbH.

Siemensstraße 22-34, D-2084 Rellingen, F.R. of

Germany

Tel: 04101-3030

AUSTRIA/HUNGARY/SLOVENIA/

ROMANIA/BULGARIA

Yamaha Music Austria Gesm b H.

Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien Austria

Tel: 0222-60203900

FRANCE

Yamaha Musique France,

Division Instruments Electroniques et de Scène

BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Valée Cedex 2, France

Tel: 01-64-61-4000

ITALY

Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A.,

Combo Division

Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy

Tel: 02-935-771

Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Nie-

derlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen

Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.

Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana

o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.

For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha or the

authorized distributor listed below.

Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha

ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante.

HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation

Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430

Tel: 053-460-2445

YAMAHA DRUM TRIGGER MODULE DTX VERSION2.0 OWNER’S MANUAL

Yamaha DTX V2 Version 2.0 Owner's Manual DTXv2E1

Yamaha Corporation DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual dtxv2e1 Yamaha Corporation - DTX Version 2.0 - Owner's Manual

Yamaha Corporation DTX Version 2.0 Owner's Manual dtxv2e1 Yamaha Corporation - DTX Version 2.0 - Owner's Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation